- Industrial & lab equipment
- Electrical equipment & supplies
- hilscher
- COMX 10CA-COS
- User manual
- 212 Pages
Hilscher comX 100CA-RE, 100CN-RE, 50CA-REFO, 51CA-RE, 51CN-RE Communication Modules, comX 10CA-COS, 10CN-COS, 10CA-DNS, 10CN-DNS, 10CA-DPS, 10CN-DPS Communication Module, COMXEB Evaluation Board User Manual
comX 100CA-RE, comX 100CN-RE, comX 50CA-REFO, comX 51CA-RE, comX 51CN-RE, comX 10CA-COS, comX 10CN-COS, comX 10CA-DNS, comX 10CN-DNS, comX 10CA-DPS, comX 10CN-DPS, COMXEB are communication modules for Real-Time-Ethernet and Fieldbus. They are designed as part of an electronic device or system. This manual contains information about the installation, configuration, commissioning and use of the modules.
advertisement
Assistant Bot
Need help? Our chatbot has already read the manual and is ready to assist you. Feel free to ask any questions about the device, but providing details will make the conversation more productive.
User Manual comX
Communication Modules for Real-Time-Ethernet and Fieldbus
Hilscher Gesellschaft für Systemautomation mbH www.hilscher.com
DOC100903UM05EN | Revision 5 | English | 2015-12 | Released | Public
Introduction 2/212
Table of Contents
Reference to Hardware, Software and Firmware...............................................11
Intended Use of comX Communication Modules ...............................................25
Commitment to read and understand the Manual ....................................................26
Device Destruction by exceeding allowed Supply Voltage ................................27
Device Destruction by exceeding allowed Signal Voltage .................................28
3 DESCRIPTIONS AND REQUIREMENTS .................................................................30
Prerequisites for the Operation of the comX Communication Modules ....................33
comX | Communication Modules for Real-Time-Ethernet and Fieldbus
DOC100903UM05EN | Revision 5 | English | 2015-12 | Released | Public © Hilscher, 2010-2015
Introduction
3.2.3
3/212
Prerequisites for the Operation as Embedded System......................................33
Prerequisites for the Operation with Evaluation Board COMXEB......................34
Remarks on Storage Stability and Contact Reliability of Host-side Connector..34
3.3
Supply Voltage and Signaling Voltage......................................................................35
3.4
Prerequisites for the Software Installation ................................................................35
3.4.1
Prerequisites for the System Configurator SYCON.net .....................................35
3.5
Prerequisites for Certification....................................................................................36
3.5.1
PROFINET-IO Certification for IRT and SYNC0 Signal .....................................36
4 GETTING STARTED COMX COMMUNICATION MODULES ..................................37
4.1
Hardware Installation as Embedded System (Master and Slave) ............................37
4.2
Configuration of the comX Communication Module (Slave) .....................................39
4.3
Configuration of the comX Communication Module (Master) ...................................41
4.4
Notes for the Configuration of the Master Device.....................................................42
4.5
Device Names in SYCON.net...................................................................................44
4.6
Exchange of comX Communication modules (Master and Slave)............................46
4.6.1
Steps for Exchange of Hardware .......................................................................46
4.6.2
4.6.3
Load Firmware & Configuration into Replacement Module comX (Slave).........47
Load Firmware & Configuration into Replacement Module comX (Master).......48
4.7
Updating the Firmware, Driver and Software............................................................49
5 HARDWARE INSTALLATION, DEINSTALLATION AND REPLACEMENT ..............50
5.1
Warning Messages on Personal Injury .....................................................................50
5.1.1
Electrical Shock Hazard .....................................................................................50
5.2
Property Damage Messages ....................................................................................50
5.2.1
Device Destruction by exceeding allowed Supply Voltage ................................50
5.2.2
5.2.3
Device Destruction by exceeding allowed Signaling Voltage ............................51
Electro-statically sensitive Devices ....................................................................51
5.3
Installing the comX Communication Module in its Target Environment....................52
5.4
Decommissioning .....................................................................................................52
6 INSTALLING THE SOFTWARE ................................................................................53
7 DEVICE PHOTOS (POSITION OF SWITCHES, LEDS AND INTERFACES) ...........54
7.1
Real-Time Ethernet Communication Module COMX 100CA-RE ..............................54
7.1.1
7.1.2
COMX 100CA-RE...............................................................................................54
Ethernet Interface of COMX 100CA-RE.............................................................55
7.2
Real-Time Ethernet Communication Module COMX 100CN-RE..............................56
7.2.1
COMX 100CN-RE ..............................................................................................56
7.2.2
Ethernet Interface of COMX 100CN-RE.............................................................56
7.3
Real-Time Ethernet Communication Module COMX 50CA-REFO with Fiber Optic .57
7.3.1
7.3.2
COMX 50CA-REFO............................................................................................57
Optical Ethernet Interface of COMX 50CA-REFO .............................................58
7.4
Real-Time Ethernet Communication Module COMX51CA-RE ................................59
comX | Communication Modules for Real-Time-Ethernet and Fieldbus
DOC100903UM05EN | Revision 5 | English | 2015-12 | Released | Public © Hilscher, 2010-2015
Introduction
7.4.1
7.4.2
4/212
COMX51CA-RE..................................................................................................59
Ethernet Interface of COMX51CA-RE................................................................60
7.5
Real-Time Ethernet Communication Module COMX 51CN-RE................................61
7.5.1
COMX 51CN-RE ................................................................................................61
7.5.2
Ethernet Interface of COMX 51CN-RE...............................................................61
7.6
CANopen Communication Module COMX 100CA-CO .............................................62
7.6.1
7.6.2
COMX 100CA-CO ..............................................................................................62
CANopen Interface of COMX 100CA-CO ..........................................................63
7.7
CANopen Communication Module COMX 100CN-CO .............................................64
7.7.1
7.7.2
COMX 100CN-CO..............................................................................................64
CANopen Interface of COMX 100CN-CO ..........................................................64
7.8
DeviceNet Communication Module COMX 100CA-DN ............................................65
7.8.1
COMX 100CA- DN .............................................................................................65
7.8.2
DeviceNet Interface of COMX 100CA-DN .........................................................66
7.9
DeviceNet Communication Module COMX 100CN-DN ............................................67
7.9.1
7.9.2
COMX 100CN-DN ..............................................................................................67
DeviceNet Interface of COMX 100CN-DN .........................................................67
7.10
PROFIBUS-DP Communication Module COMX 100CA-DP.....................................68
7.10.1
COMX 100CA-DP...............................................................................................68
7.10.2
PROFIBUS-DP Interface of COMX 100CA-DP..................................................69
7.11
PROFIBUS-DP Communication Module COMX 100CN-DP ....................................70
7.11.1
7.11.2
COMX 100CN-DP ..............................................................................................70
PROFIBUS-DP Interface of COMX 100CN-DP .................................................70
7.12
CC-Link Communication Module COMX 10CA-CCS................................................71
7.12.1
COMX 10CA-CCS..............................................................................................71
7.12.2
7.12.3
Description of the Address and Baudrate Switches ...........................................72
CC-Link Interface of COMX 10CA-CCS.............................................................72
7.13
CC-Link Communication Module COMX 10CN-CCS ...............................................73
7.13.1
COMX 10CN-CCS..............................................................................................73
7.13.2
Description of the Address and Baudrate Switches ...........................................73
7.13.3
CC-Link Interface of COMX 10CN-CCS.............................................................73
7.14
CANopen Communication Module COMX 10CA-COS.............................................74
7.14.1
COMX 10CA-COS..............................................................................................74
7.14.2
7.14.3
Description of the Address Switches..................................................................74
CANopen Interface of COMX 10CA-COS..........................................................75
7.15
CANopen Communication Module COMX 10CN-COS.............................................76
7.15.1
7.15.2
7.15.3
COMX 10CN-COS..............................................................................................76
Description of the Address Switches..................................................................76
CANopen Interface of COMX 10CN-COS..........................................................76
7.16
DeviceNet Communication Module COMX 10CA-DNS ............................................77
7.16.1
COMX 10CA-DNS..............................................................................................77
7.16.2
7.16.3
Description of the Address Switches..................................................................77
DeviceNet Interface of COMX 10CA-DNS .........................................................78
7.17
DeviceNet Communication Module COMX 10CN-DNS............................................79
7.17.1
COMX 10CN-DNS..............................................................................................79
7.17.2
Description of the Address Switches..................................................................80
comX | Communication Modules for Real-Time-Ethernet and Fieldbus
DOC100903UM05EN | Revision 5 | English | 2015-12 | Released | Public © Hilscher, 2010-2015
Introduction
7.17.3
5/212
DeviceNet Interface of COMX 10CN-DNS.........................................................80
7.18
PROFIBUS-DP Communication Module COMX 10CA-DPS ....................................81
7.18.1
COMX 10CA-DPS ..............................................................................................81
7.18.2
7.18.3
Description of the Address Switches..................................................................81
PROFIBUS-DP Interface of COMX 10CA-DPS .................................................82
7.19
PROFIBUS-DP Communication Module COMX 10CN-DPS ....................................83
7.19.1
7.19.2
7.19.3
COMX 10CN-DPS ..............................................................................................83
Description of the Address Switches..................................................................84
PROFIBUS-DP Interface of COMX 10CN-DPS .................................................84
8 EVALUATION BOARD COMXEB .............................................................................85
8.1
Purpose ....................................................................................................................85
8.2
Controls ....................................................................................................................88
8.2.1
8.2.2
8.2.3
8.2.4
Position for host mode selection- Slide switch (S302) .......................................88
Selection of operation mode (DPM/SPM) - Slide switch (S701) ........................88
Width for data access at parallel DPM mode - Slide switch (S301)...................88
Selection of serial interface - Slide switch (S700) ..............................................89
8.2.5
8.2.6
8.2.7
Reset pushbutton (S600) ...................................................................................89
Boot-Jumper (X610) ...........................................................................................89
Configuration of AIFX Interface - Jumpers (X406 and X407) ............................89
8.3
Interfaces and connectors ........................................................................................92
8.3.1
Power supply connectors ...................................................................................92
8.3.2
8.3.3
8.3.4
Host Interfaces ...................................................................................................93
COMX Interfaces ................................................................................................97
Communication Interfaces................................................................................105
8.3.5
8.3.6
8.3.7
Diagnostic Interfaces........................................................................................107
Extension Interfaces.........................................................................................108
Pin Headers......................................................................................................108
8.4
LED displays...........................................................................................................110
8.4.1
Power LEDs......................................................................................................110
8.4.2
8.4.3
Communication Status LEDs ...........................................................................110
Ethernet Link/Activity–LEDs .............................................................................111
8.5
Accessories ............................................................................................................111
9 CONNECTION TO THE PC ....................................................................................112
9.1
Overview.................................................................................................................112
9.2
Diagnostic connections...........................................................................................112
9.2.1
Via USB ............................................................................................................112
9.2.2
Via UART..........................................................................................................113
9.3
Host connections ....................................................................................................114
9.3.1
Parallel dual-port memory interface (DPM)......................................................114
9.3.2
9.3.3
Serial dual-port memory interface (SPM).........................................................115
Serial dual-port memory interface over USB (SPM over USB)........................116
10 LEDS.......................................................................................................................117
10.1
SYS-LED ................................................................................................................117
comX | Communication Modules for Real-Time-Ethernet and Fieldbus
DOC100903UM05EN | Revision 5 | English | 2015-12 | Released | Public © Hilscher, 2010-2015
Introduction 6/212
10.2
LEDs Fieldbus-Systems .........................................................................................117
10.2.1
10.2.2
10.2.3
10.2.4
10.2.5
LED Names of individual Fieldbus Systems ....................................................117
LEDs PROFIBUS-DP Master ...........................................................................118
LEDs PROFIBUS-DP Slave .............................................................................118
LEDs PROFIBUS MPI......................................................................................119
LEDs CC-Link Slave.........................................................................................119
10.2.6
10.2.7
10.2.8
10.2.9
LEDs CANopen Master ....................................................................................120
LEDs CANopen Slave ......................................................................................121
LEDs DeviceNet Master ...................................................................................122
LEDs DeviceNet Slave .....................................................................................123
10.3
LEDs Real-Time Ethernet Systems ........................................................................124
10.3.1
LED Names of individual Real-Time Ethernet Systems...................................124
10.3.2
10.3.3
LEDs EtherCAT-Master....................................................................................125
LEDs EtherCAT-Slave......................................................................................126
10.3.4
10.3.5
10.3.6
10.3.7
10.3.8
LEDs EtherNet/IP-Scanner (Master)................................................................128
LEDs EtherNet/IP-Adapter (Slave)...................................................................129
LEDs Open Modbus/TCP.................................................................................130
LEDs POWERLINK Controlled Node/Slave.....................................................131
LEDs PROFINET IO-RT-Controller..................................................................132
10.3.9
LEDs PROFINET IO-RT-IRT-Device ...............................................................133
10.3.10
LEDs Sercos-Master ........................................................................................134
10.3.11
LEDs Sercos-Slave ..........................................................................................136
10.3.12
LEDs VARAN Client .........................................................................................138
11 TROUBLESHOOTING ............................................................................................139
12 UPDATING THE FIRMWARE .................................................................................140
12.1
Possibilities of Firmware Update ............................................................................140
12.1.1
Update the comX-Firmware in built-in State(Embedded System) ...................140
12.1.2
Updating the Firmware using an Evaluation Board COMXEB and a PC .........142
12.2
Update the Firmware with SYCON.net ...................................................................147
12.2.1
Troubleshooting................................................................................................151
13 DIAGNOSTIC INTERFACES ..................................................................................156
13.1
Support of Diagnostic Interfaces by comX Firmware..............................................156
13.2
Hint concerning the Usage of the Software ............................................................157
13.3
Hardware Modification of comX Module for Recognition of comX-Reset at a connected Windows
®-
Diagnosis PC .......................................................................157
14 TECHNICAL DATA .................................................................................................158
14.1
Technical Data of COMX Modules .........................................................................158
14.1.1
COMX 100CA-RE.............................................................................................158
14.1.2
COMX 100CN-RE ............................................................................................159
14.1.3
COMX 100CA-CO ............................................................................................160
14.1.4
14.1.5
14.1.6
14.1.7
COMX 100CN-CO............................................................................................161
COMX 100CA-DN ............................................................................................162
COMX 100CN-DN ............................................................................................163
COMX 100CA-DP.............................................................................................164
comX | Communication Modules for Real-Time-Ethernet and Fieldbus
DOC100903UM05EN | Revision 5 | English | 2015-12 | Released | Public © Hilscher, 2010-2015
Introduction 7/212
14.1.8
14.1.9
COMX 100CN-DP ............................................................................................165
COMX 50CA-REFO..........................................................................................166
14.1.10
COMX 51CA-RE...............................................................................................167
14.1.11
COMX 51CN-RE ..............................................................................................168
14.1.12
COMX 10CA-CCS............................................................................................169
14.1.13
COMX 10CN-CCS............................................................................................170
14.1.14
COMX 10CA-COS............................................................................................171
14.1.15
COMX 10CN-COS............................................................................................172
14.1.16
COMX 10CA-DNS............................................................................................173
14.1.17
COMX 10CN-DNS............................................................................................174
14.1.18
COMX 10CA-DPS ............................................................................................175
14.1.19
COMX 10CN-DPS ............................................................................................176
14.2
Electrical Immunity to Interference and Radio Frequency ......................................177
14.3
Technical Data Evaluation Board COMXEB...........................................................178
14.4
Technical Data of Communication Protocols..........................................................180
14.4.1
EtherCAT Master..............................................................................................180
14.4.2
14.4.3
14.4.4
14.4.5
14.4.6
EtherCAT Slave................................................................................................181
EtherNet/IP Scanner (Master) ..........................................................................182
EtherNet/IP Adapter (Slave).............................................................................183
Open Modbus/TCP...........................................................................................184
Powerlink Controlled Node/Slave.....................................................................184
14.4.7
14.4.8
14.4.9
PROFINET IO-RT-Controller (Master) .............................................................185
PROFINET IO Device (V3.4)............................................................................186
PROFINET IO Device (V3.5)............................................................................187
14.4.10
Sercos-Master ..................................................................................................188
14.4.11
Sercos-Slave ....................................................................................................189
14.4.12
VARAN Client ...................................................................................................190
14.4.13
CANopen Master ..............................................................................................191
14.4.14
CANopen Slave ................................................................................................192
14.4.15
CC-Link Slave...................................................................................................194
14.4.16
DeviceNet Master.............................................................................................195
14.4.17
DeviceNet Slave ...............................................................................................196
14.4.18
PROFIBUS DP Master .....................................................................................197
14.4.19
PROFIBUS DP Slave .......................................................................................198
14.4.20
PROFIBUS MPI................................................................................................199
15 DECOMMISSIONING, REPLACEMENT AND DISPOSAL .....................................200
15.1
Put the Device out of Operation..............................................................................200
15.2
Disposal of Waste Electronic Equipment................................................................201
16 GLOSSARY.............................................................................................................202
17 APPENDIX ..............................................................................................................206
17.1
Matrix Label ............................................................................................................206
17.2
Wiring Instructions for Fieldbus Systems................................................................206
17.3
EtherNet/IP Adapter/Slave – Instance ID of I/O Data .............................................206
17.4
Use of VARAN Client..............................................................................................207
comX | Communication Modules for Real-Time-Ethernet and Fieldbus
DOC100903UM05EN | Revision 5 | English | 2015-12 | Released | Public © Hilscher, 2010-2015
Introduction 8/212
17.5
Failure in 10 MBit/s Half Duplex Mode and Workaround........................................207
17.6
List of Figures .........................................................................................................208
17.7
List of Tables ..........................................................................................................209
17.8
Contacts..................................................................................................................212
comX | Communication Modules for Real-Time-Ethernet and Fieldbus
DOC100903UM05EN | Revision 5 | English | 2015-12 | Released | Public © Hilscher, 2010-2015
Introduction
1 Introduction
9/212
1.1 About this Manual
This manual contains a description of the communication modules of the comX product family from Hilscher based on the communication controllers netX.
The comX product family consists of the comX Real-Time Ethernet modules, with electrical (RE types) or optical Ethernet interface (REFO types) and comX Fieldbus Master-modules (into which also a slave firmware of the matching communication system may be downloaded).
This manual contains information about the installation, configuration, commissioning and use of the modules.
The comX communication modules for Real-Time Ethernet and Fieldbus have been designed as part („Embedded System“) of an electronic device or system. This electronic device is denominated as target system or host system of the comX communication system within the scope of this document.
However, the integration of the comX modules (as embedded systems) into their target system („Host“) is not topic of this manual. It is described in detail in a separate manual, namely the comX Design Guide, for details see section “Documentation Overview comX” on page 16.
Important!
Read and understand all instructions before installation of the communication module to avoid injury. First read the Safety chapter.
comX | Communication Modules for Real-Time-Ethernet and Fieldbus
DOC100903UM05EN | Revision 5 | English | 2015-12 | Released | Public © Hilscher, 2010-2015
Introduction 10/212
1.1.2 List of Revisions
Index Date Chapter
3 2012-06-04
10.3.3
14.3
10.2.3
10.2.7
10.2.8
10.2.9
10.3.11
13.1
13.3
14.1.1
1.2.1
1.2.1
1.2.3
3.2.3
3.4.1
7.1.2
7.3.2
7.4
14.1.10
14.4.2
14.4.3
14.4.4
14.4.9
14.4.10
14.4.11
14.4.14
14.4.18
8
9
10.3.11
12
14.1.7
14.1.11
14.3
Revision
Added typical current consumption of COMX50CA-REFO and all COMX10 in
Technical Data
Update of EtherCAT Slave LED descriptions
Update of technical data of CANopen Slave, EtherNet/IP Adapter and Sercos
Slave V3.
Firmware names for COMX 51CA-RE added.
Names of device description files for COMX 51CA-RE added.
Table 5
and Table 6 added.
Section Important Changes updated.
Section on long-term contact reliability of host-side connector added.
System requirements for SYCON.net updated.
Figure 4: Pinning of Ethernet Interface of COMX 100CA-RE
updated.
Denomination of AVAGO transceiver chip corrected.
Section COMX 51CA-RE added.
Section LEDs PROFIBUS-DP Slave updated.
Section LEDs CANopen Slave updated.
Section LEDs DeviceNet Master updated.
Section LEDs DeviceNet Slave updated.
Section LEDs Sercos-Slave updated.
Table 83: Firmware Versions with Support for Diagnostic Interface
updated.
Table 84: First Hardware Version with new USB Interface
updated.
Temperature range of COMX-CA-RE Rev. 8
Technical data concerning COMX 51CA-RE added.
Section EtherCAT Slave updated.
Section EtherNet/IP Scanner (Master) updated.
Section EtherNet/IP Adapter (Slave) updated.
Section PROFINET IO Device (V3.5) added.
Section Sercos-Master updated.
Section Sercos-Slave updated.
Section CANopen Slave updated.
Section PROFIBUS DP Master updated.
New section “Real-Time Ethernet Communication Module COMX 51CN-RE“
New chapter “Evaluation Board COMXEB”
New chapter “Connection to the PC”
Section LEDs Sercos-Slave updated.
Chapter “Updating the Firmware” completely reworked for new evaluation board
COMXEB
Section “COMX 100CA-DP” in chapter “Technical Data”: Correction of ambient temperature range, value from German version which is corrected, has been adapted.
New section “COMX 51CN-RE”
New section “Technical Data Evaluation Board COMXEB” comX | Communication Modules for Real-Time-Ethernet and Fieldbus
DOC100903UM05EN | Revision 5 | English | 2015-12 | Released | Public © Hilscher, 2010-2015
Introduction 11/212
1.1.3 Reference to Hardware, Software and Firmware
Remark concerning Software Update: The hardware revisions mentioned in this section and the versions of firmware, driver and configuration software belong together functionally. The firmware, the driver and the configuration software must be updated according to the specifications of this section at present hardware installation.
An overview on firmware update issues is given in section
Updating
the
Firmware
on page 140.
Hardware
Module Revision
Real-Time Ethernet Modules (Master/Slave) with netX 100 Processor
COMX 100CA-RE Revision 8
COMX 100CN-RE Revision 2
Real-Time Ethernet Modules (Slave) with netX 51 Processor
COMX 51CA-RE
COMX 51CN-RE
Revision 1
Revision 1
Real-Time Ethernet Modules (Slave) with netX 50 Processor/Fiber Optic
COMX 50CA-REFO Revision 2
Fieldbus Master/Slave Modules with netX 100 Processor
COMX 100CA-CO
COMX 100CA-DN
COMX 100CA-DP
Revision 4
Revision 4
Revision 4
COMX 100CN-CO
COMX 100CN-DN
COMX 100CN-DP
Fieldbus Slave-Modules with netX 10 Processor
COMX 10CA-CCS
COMX 10CN-CCS
COMX 10CA-COS
COMX 10CN-COS
COMX 10CA-DNS
COMX 10CN-DNS
COMX 10CA-DPS
COMX 10CN-DPS
Evaluation Board
Revision 3
Revision 3
Revision 3
Revision 2
Revision 2
Revision 2
Revision 1
Revision 2
Revision 1
Revision 2
Revision 1
Table 1: Reference to Hardware
Software
Software
SYCON.net cifX Device Driver
Toolkit
Table 2: Reference to Software
Software Version
V 1.360.x.x
V
1.2.x.x
V
1.1.x.x comX | Communication Modules for Real-Time-Ethernet and Fieldbus
DOC100903UM05EN | Revision 5 | English | 2015-12 | Released | Public © Hilscher, 2010-2015
Introduction
Firmware
Firmware
Real-Time Ethernet
comXecm.nxf
EtherCAT Master comXecs.nxf
EtherCAT Slave comXecs.nxf
EtherCAT Slave V4 comXeim.nxf
EtherNet/IP Scanner comXeis.nxf
EtherNet/IP Adapter
3.0.x.x
2.5.34.x
4.2.11.x
2.6.x.x comXomb.nxf
Open Modbus/TCP
2.5.x.x comXpls.nxf
POWERLINK Controlled Node 2.1.x.x comXpnm.nxf
PROFINET IO Controller comXpns.nxf
PROFINET IO Device V3
2.7.x.x
2.6.x.x
3.4.x.x
3.5.x.x comXpns.nxf
PROFINET IO Device V3.5 comXs3m.nxf
Sercos Master comXs3s.nxf
Sercos Slave comXvrs.nxf
VARAN Client
2.1.x.x
3.1.x.x
1.0.x.x
3.4.x.x cx50pns.nxf
PROFINET IO Device V3
Fiber Optics cx50pns.nxf
PROFINET IO Device V3.5
Fiber Optics
M060F000.nxf
EtherCAT Slave V4
3.5.x.x
4.2.11.x
M060H000.nxf
M060L000.nxf
EtherNet/IP Adapter
Open Modbus/TCP cx51pns.nxf
PROFINET IO Device V3.5
M060J000.nxf
Sercos Slave
2.7.13.x
2.5.11.x
3.5.26.x
3.1.19.x
Fieldbus
comXcom.nxf
CANopen Master comXcos.nxf
comXdnm.nxf
comXdns.nxf
comXdpm.nxf
comXdps.nxf
Protocol
CANopen Slave
DeviceNet Master
DeviceNet Slave
PROFIBUS DP Master
PROFIBUS DP Slave
M0203000.nxf
M0505000.nxf
M0509000.nxf
M0507000.nxf
M0502000.nxf
PROFIBUS MPI
CANopen Slave
CC-Link Slave
DeviceNet Slave
PROFIBUS DP Slave
Firmware
Version
For Hardware
2.11.x.x
3.6.x.x
2.3.x.x
2.3.x.x
2.6.x.x
2.7.x.x
2.4.x.x
3.6.x.x
2.9.x.x
2.3.x.x
2.7.x.x
COMX 100CA-RE,
COMX 100CN-RE
COMX 50CA-REFO
COMX 51CA-RE,
COMX 51CN-RE
COMX 100CA-CO,
COMX 100CN-CO
COMX 100CA-CO,
COMX 100CN-CO
COMX 100CA-DN
COMX 100CN-DN
COMX 100CA-DN
COMX 100CN-DN
COMX 100CA-DP,
COMX 100CN-DP
COMX 100CA-DP,
COMX 100CN-DP
COMX 100CA-DP,
COMX 100CN-DP
COMX 10CA-CO,
COMX 10CN-CO
COMX 10CA-CC
COMX 10CN-CC
COMX 10CA-DN
COMX 10CN-DN
COMX 10CA-DP,
COMX 10CN-DP
Table 3: Reference to Firmware
12/212 comX | Communication Modules for Real-Time-Ethernet and Fieldbus
DOC100903UM05EN | Revision 5 | English | 2015-12 | Released | Public © Hilscher, 2010-2015
Introduction 13/212
The following firmware is still available for legacy applications but development of this firmware has been discontinued. For new developments use version 3.4 instead.
Firmware Protocol For Hardware
comXpns.nxf
PROFINET IO Device V2
Firmware
Version
2.1.45.x COMX 100CA-RE,
COMX 100CN-RE
Table 4: Reference to old Firmware still available for Legacy Applications
1.1.4 Conventions in this Manual
Operation instructions, a result of an operation step or notes are marked as follows:
Operation Instructions:
!
<instruction> or
1. <instruction>
2. <instruction>
Results:
" <result>
Notes:
Important: <important note>
Note: <note>
<note, where to find further information> comX | Communication Modules for Real-Time-Ethernet and Fieldbus
DOC100903UM05EN | Revision 5 | English | 2015-12 | Released | Public © Hilscher, 2010-2015
Introduction 14/212
1.2 Contents of Product DVD
The Communication Solutions DVD for the comX communication modules contains installation information, the required configuration software, drivers, documentation and further tools for your comX communication module.
1.2.1 Device Description Files
The cifX DVD EDS directory includes the device description files for the following kinds of comX Real-Time Ethernet Slave modules :
Device Description Files comX Modules Real-Time Ethernet (Slave)
Real-Time Ethernet Name / Extension
COMX 100CA-RE, COMX 100CN-RE
EtherCAT Slave (V2)
Hilscher COMX 100XX RE ECS
V2.2.X.xml
EtherCAT Slave (V4)
Hilscher COMX 100XX RE ECS
V4.2.X.xml
EtherNet/IP Adapter (Slave)
Powerlink Controlled Node / Slave
PROFINET IO-RT-Device (V3.4)
HILSCHER COMX 100XX-RE EIS V1.1.EDS
00000044_COMX 100XX RE PLS.xdd
GSDML-V2.3-HILSCHER-COMX 100XX-RE
PNS-20130225.xml
PROFINET IO-RT-Device (V3.5) netX 100
PROFINET IO-RT-Device (V2)
(on request, only for legacy applications)
Sercos Slave (V3)
GSDML-V2.3-HILSCHER-COMX 100XX-RE
PNS-20130301.xml
GSDML-V2.1-HILSCHER-COMX RE PNS-
20081210.xml
Hilscher COMX RE S3S FixCFG FSPIO
Default.xml
(see note below)
COMX 51CA-RE, COMX 51CN-RE
EtherCAT Slave (V4)
Hilscher COMX 51XX RE ECS
V4.2.X.xml
EtherNet/IP Adapter (Slave)
PROFINET IO-RT-Device (V3.5) netX 51
Sercos Slave (V3)
HILSCHER COMX 51XX-RE EIS V1.1.EDS
GSDML-V2.3-HILSCHER-COMX 51XX-RE
PNS-20131010.xml
Hilscher COMX51XX RE S3S FixCFG
FSPIO Default.xml
(see note below)
COMX 50CA-REFO
PROFINET IO-RT-Device (V3.4)
Fiber Optic
PROFINET IO-RT-Device (V3.5) netX 50 Fiber Optic
GSDML-V2.3-HILSCHER-COMX 50XX-REFO
PNS-20130225.xml
GSDML-V2.3-HILSCHER-COMX 50XX-REFO
PNS-20130301.xml
Table 5: Device Description Files comX Modules Real-Time Ethernet (Slave)
Note:
If you use a sercos Master which is using SDDML files for configuration, and one of the defaults for vendor code, device ID, input data size or output data size was changed, then you have to export a new updated SDDML file from
SYCON.net and import this SDDML file into the configuration software for the sercos Master.
The device description file is required to configure the used Real-Time
Ethernet Master:
• EtherCAT Master comX | Communication Modules for Real-Time-Ethernet and Fieldbus
DOC100903UM05EN | Revision 5 | English | 2015-12 | Released | Public © Hilscher, 2010-2015
Introduction 15/212
• EtherNet/IP Scanner,
• POWERLINK Managing Node,
• PROFINET IO Controller,
• Sercos Master.
• VARAN Client
Device Description Files for comX Modules Fieldbus (Slave)
Fieldbus Name / Extension
CC-Link Slave For COMX 50: comx50xx-ccs_1.csp comx50xx-ccs_2.csp comx50xx-ccs_3.csp comx50xx-ccs_4.csp comx50xx-ccs-io_1.csp
For COMX 10:
CANopen Slave
DeviceNet Slave
PROFIBUS DP Slave comx10xx-ccs_1.csp comx10xx-ccs_2.csp comx10xx-ccs_3.csp comx10xx-ccs_4.csp comx10xx-ccs-io_1.csp
For COMX 10: COMX 10XX-COS COS.eds
For COMX 100: COMX 100XX-CO COS.eds
For COMX 10: COMX_10XX-DNS_DNS.EDS
For COMX 100: COMX_100XX-DN_DNS.EDS
For COMX 10: HIL_0D82.GSD
For COMX 100: HIL_0C0F.GSD
Table 6:Device Description Files comX Modules Fieldbus (Slave)
The device description file is required to configure the used
• CC-Link Master
• CANopen Master
• DeviceNet Master
• PROFIBUS-DP Master
Device Description Files comX Modules Real-Time Ethernet (Master)
Furthermore, for the following comX communication modules Real-Time
Ethernet (Master) there are device description files available on the COMX-
DVD within the EDS directory:
Real-Time Ethernet
EtherNet/IP Scanner (Master)
Name / Extension
HILSCHER COMX 100XX-RE EIM V1.0.eds
Table 7: Device Description Files comX Modules Real-Time Ethernet (Master)
These device description files for EtherNet/IP-Master devices are required if an additional Ethernet/IP Master device shall communicate with a
Hilscher-Ethernet/IP Master device via Ethernet/IP.
The Real-Time Ethernet system Open Modbus/TCP does not use device description files. comX | Communication Modules for Real-Time-Ethernet and Fieldbus
DOC100903UM05EN | Revision 5 | English | 2015-12 | Released | Public © Hilscher, 2010-2015
Introduction 16/212
1.2.2 Documentation Overview comX
The following documentation overview gives information, for which items you can find further information in which manual.
All these documents are available on the Communication Solutions DVD delivered with the device underneath the directory Documentation, in
Adobe Acrobat
®
Reader format (PDF). You can also use the latest edition of a manual, which is available on the website www.hilscher.com
under
Support > Downloads > Manuals or under Products directly with the information about your product. comX | Communication Modules for Real-Time-Ethernet and Fieldbus
DOC100903UM05EN | Revision 5 | English | 2015-12 | Released | Public © Hilscher, 2010-2015
Introduction 17/212
1.2.3.1
Firmware
Header
GSDML
PROFINET IO-Device Firmware Versions 3.4 and 3.5
The PROFINET IO Device firmware was revised and completed and is available in version 3.5 since the third quarter 2013.
Use the PROFINET IO Device firmware in version 3.5 for a new installation, when you create or develop your application program for the first time.
If you want to change in an existing system from the PROFINET IO Device firmware version 3.4 to the version 3.5, note the following guidelines:
1. Customize your application program according to the Migration Guide
PROFINET IO Device, Migration from V3.4 to V3.5
.
If you want to change to V3.5, please check in the Migration Guide
PROFINET IO Device, Migration from V3.4 to V3.5 which changes are necessary in the application program in order to use version 3.5.
2. Adjust the configuration of your PROFINET IO Controller device. Use the new GSDML files in the configuration software of the PROFINET IO
Controller for this:
- GSDML-V2.3-HILSCHER-COMX 50XX-REFO PNS-20130301.xml
,
- GSDML-V2.3-HILSCHER-COMX 100XX-RE PNS-20130301.xml or
- GSDML-V2.3-HILSCHER-COMX 51XX-RE PNS-20131010.xml
3. Update the PROFINET IO Device firmware in your device to version
3.5.
Note also:
• SYCON.net V1.360.x.x can configure the PROFINET IO Device firmware V3.4 as well as V3.5
• netX Configuration Tool V1.0510.x.x can configure the PROFINET IO
Device firmware V3.4 as well as V3.5.
• The development of the PROFINET IO Device firmware V3.4 will not be continued, but this firmware version will be delivered furthermore.
On the Communication Solutions DVD, software and manuals relating to both firmware versions V3.4 and V3.5 are available:
PROFINET IO-Device V3.4
Directory on the DVD \ File:
PROFINET IO-Device V3.5
Directory on the DVD \ File:
Firmware\COMX\comxpns.nxf Firmware\COMX\PNS V3.5.X\comxpns.nxf
For comX51:
Firmware\COMX\PNS V3.5.X\ cx51pns.nxf
Examples and API\0. Header\Firmware\PROFINET IO
Device V3.4.X
Examples and API\0. Header\Firmware\PROFINET IO
Device V3.5.X
EDS\PROFINET\V3.4.X\GSDML-V2.3-HILSCHER-COMX
50XX-REFO PNS-20130225.xml
EDS\PROFINET\V3.5.X\GSDML-V2.3-HILSCHER-
COMX 50XX-REFO PNS-20130301.xml
EDS\PROFINET\V3.4.X\GSDML-V2.3-HILSCHER-COMX
100XX-RE PNS-20130225.xml
EDS\PROFINET\V3.5.X\GSDML-V2.3-HILSCHER-
COMX 100XX-RE PNS-20130301.xml
- EDS\PROFINET\V3.5.X\ GSDML-V2.3-HILSCHER-
COMX 51XX-RE PNS-20131010.xml
comX | Communication Modules for Real-Time-Ethernet and Fieldbus
DOC100903UM05EN | Revision 5 | English | 2015-12 | Released | Public © Hilscher, 2010-2015
Introduction 18/212
Protocol API
Documentation\7. Programming Manuals\EN\3. Protocol
API\PROFINET IO Device V3.4\PROFINET IO Device
Protocol API 14 EN.pdf
TCP IP - Packet Interface API 13 EN.pdf
Documentation\7. Programming Manuals\EN\3.
Protocol API\PROFINET IO Device V3.5\PROFINET IO
Device V3.5 Protocol API 07 EN.pdf
PROFINET IO Device - Migration from Version 3.4 to
3.5 MG 05 EN.pdf
Table 8: PROFINET IO-Device Firmware Version 3.4 and 3.5, Header, GSDML and Protocol
API Manual
comX | Communication Modules for Real-Time-Ethernet and Fieldbus
DOC100903UM05EN | Revision 5 | English | 2015-12 | Released | Public © Hilscher, 2010-2015
Introduction 19/212
The EtherCAT Slave firmware was revised and completed and is available in version 4.2 since the third quarter 2013.
Use the EtherCAT Slave firmware in version 4.2 for a new installation, when you create or develop your application program for the first time.
If you want to change in an existing system from the EtherCAT Slave firmware version 2.5 to the version 4.2, note the following guidelines:
1. Customize your application program according to the Migration Guide
EtherCAT Slave, Migration from V2.5 to V4.2
.
If you want to change to V4.2, please check in the Migration Guide
EtherCAT Slave, Migration from V2.5 to V4.2 which changes are necessary in the application program in order to use version 4.2.
Firmware
Header
XML
2. Adjust the configuration of your EtherCAT Master device. Use the new
XML file in the configuration software of the EtherCAT Master for this:
Hilscher COMX 100XX RE ECS V4.2.X.xml.
3. Update the EtherCAT Slave firmware in your device to version 4.2.
Note also:
• SYCON.net V1.360.x.x can configure the EtherCAT Slave firmware V2.5 as well as V4.2.10.0 and higher.
• netX Configuration Tool V1.0510.x.x can configure the EtherCAT Slave firmware V2.5 as well as V4.2.
• The development of the EtherCAT Slave firmware V2.5 will not be continued, but this firmware version will be delivered furthermore.
On the Communication Solutions DVD, software and manuals relating to both firmware versions V2.5 and V4.2 are available:
EtherCAT-Slave V2.5
Directory on the DVD \ File:
EtherCAT-Slave V4.2
Directory on the DVD \ File:
Firmware\COMX\comxecs.nxf Firmware\COMX\ECS V4.X\comxecs.nxf
For comX51:
Firmware\COMX\ECS V4.X\M060F000.nxf
Examples and API\0. Header\Firmware\EtherCAT
Slave V2.5.X
EDS\EtherCAT\Slave\V2.X\Hilscher COMX 100XX
RE ECS V2.2.X.xml
Protocol API
Documentation\7. Programming Manuals\EN\3.
Protocol API\EtherCAT Slave V2\EtherCAT Slave
Protocol API 21 EN.pdf
Examples and API\0. Header\Firmware\EtherCAT Slave
V4.2.X
EDS\EtherCAT\Slave\V4.X\Hilscher COMX 100XX RE ECS
V4.2.X.xml
For comX51:
EDS\EtherCAT\Slave\V4.X\Hilscher COMX 51XX RE ECS
V4.2.X.xml
Documentation\7. Programming Manuals\EN\3. Protocol
API\EtherCAT Slave V4\EtherCAT Slave V4 Protocol API
03 EN.pdf
EtherCAT Slave - Migration from Version 2.5 to 4.2 MG 02
EN.pdf
Object Dictionary V3 03 API EN.pdf
Table 9: EtherCAT-Slave Firmware Version 2.5 and 4.2, Header, XML and Protocol API
Manual
comX | Communication Modules for Real-Time-Ethernet and Fieldbus
DOC100903UM05EN | Revision 5 | English | 2015-12 | Released | Public © Hilscher, 2010-2015
Introduction
1.3 Ensuring Access Security
20/212
The firmware of the protocols
• EtherNet/IP Scanner
• EtherNet/IP Adapter
• Open Modbus/TCP
• PROFINET IO Device
• sercos Slave include an integrated web server. The access to the device by the integrated web server via Internet and Intranet brings with it the danger of misuse. You should therefore always protect the access to the device with passwords. Beyond this also restrict access to your network with suitable security mechanisms.
Important: In any case change the default password, otherwise you allow everyone the right to execute functions without authorization.
To protect the device from unauthorized access, you can restrict access to authorized users. How you set up an own user authentication is described in manual "Application Note, Functions of the Integrated WebServer" in chapter User Authentication. comX | Communication Modules for Real-Time-Ethernet and Fieldbus
DOC100903UM05EN | Revision 5 | English | 2015-12 | Released | Public © Hilscher, 2010-2015
Introduction 21/212
1.4.1 Copyright
© Hilscher, 2010-2015, Hilscher Gesellschaft für Systemautomation mbH
All rights reserved.
The images, photographs and texts in the accompanying material (user manual, accompanying texts, documentation, etc.) are protected by
German and international copyright law as well as international trade and protection provisions. You are not authorized to duplicate these in whole or in part using technical or mechanical methods (printing, photocopying or other methods), to manipulate or transfer using electronic systems without prior written consent. You are not permitted to make changes to copyright notices, markings, trademarks or ownership declarations. The included diagrams do not take the patent situation into account. The company names and product descriptions included in this document may be trademarks or brands of the respective owners and may be trademarked or patented. Any form of further use requires the explicit consent of the respective rights owner.
The user manual, accompanying texts and the documentation were created for the use of the products by qualified experts, however, errors cannot be ruled out. For this reason, no guarantee can be made and neither juristic responsibility for erroneous information nor any liability can be assumed.
Descriptions, accompanying texts and documentation included in the user manual do not present a guarantee nor any information about proper use as stipulated in the contract or a warranted feature. It cannot be ruled out that the user manual, the accompanying texts and the documentation do not correspond exactly to the described features, standards or other data of the delivered product. No warranty or guarantee regarding the correctness or accuracy of the information is assumed.
We reserve the right to change our products and their specification as well as related user manuals, accompanying texts and documentation at all times and without advance notice, without obligation to report the change.
Changes will be included in future manuals and do not constitute any obligations. There is no entitlement to revisions of delivered documents.
The manual delivered with the product applies.
Hilscher Gesellschaft für Systemautomation mbH is not liable under any circumstances for direct, indirect, incidental or follow-on damage or loss of earnings resulting from the use of the information contained in this publication. comX | Communication Modules for Real-Time-Ethernet and Fieldbus
DOC100903UM05EN | Revision 5 | English | 2015-12 | Released | Public © Hilscher, 2010-2015
Introduction 22/212
1.4.3 Exclusion of Liability
The software was produced and tested with utmost care by Hilscher
Gesellschaft für Systemautomation mbH and is made available as is. No warranty can be assumed for the performance and flawlessness of the software for all usage conditions and cases and for the results produced when utilized by the user. Liability for any damages that may result from the use of the hardware or software or related documents, is limited to cases of intent or grossly negligent violation of significant contractual obligations.
Indemnity claims for the violation of significant contractual obligations are limited to damages that are foreseeable and typical for this type of contract.
It is strictly prohibited to use the software in the following areas:
# for military purposes or in weapon systems;
# for the design, construction, maintenance or operation of nuclear facilities;
# in air traffic control systems, air traffic or air traffic communication systems;
# in life support systems;
# in systems in which failures in the software could lead to personal injury or injuries leading to death.
We inform you that the software was not developed for use in dangerous environments requiring fail-proof control mechanisms. Use of the software in such an environment occurs at your own risk. No liability is assumed for damages or losses due to unauthorized use.
1.4.4 Warranty
Although the hardware and software was developed with utmost care and tested intensively, Hilscher Gesellschaft für Systemautomation mbH does not guarantee its suitability for any purpose not confirmed in writing. It cannot be guaranteed that the hardware and software will meet your requirements, that the use of the software operates without interruption and that the software is free of errors. No guarantee is made regarding infringements, violations of patents, rights of ownership or the freedom from interference by third parties. No additional guarantees or assurances are made regarding marketability, freedom of defect of title, integration or usability for certain purposes unless they are required in accordance with the law and cannot be limited. Warranty claims are limited to the right to claim rectification. comX | Communication Modules for Real-Time-Ethernet and Fieldbus
DOC100903UM05EN | Revision 5 | English | 2015-12 | Released | Public © Hilscher, 2010-2015
Introduction 23/212
The delivered product (including the technical data) is subject to export or import laws as well as the associated regulations of different counters, in particular those of Germany and the USA. The software may not be exported to countries where this is prohibited by the United States Export
Administration Act and its additional provisions. You are obligated to comply with the regulations at your personal responsibility. We wish to inform you that you may require permission from state authorities to export, re-export or import the product.
Windows
®
XP, Windows
®
Vista, Windows trademarks of Microsoft Corporation.
®
7 und Windows
®
8 are registered
Acrobat
®
is a registered trademark of Adobe Systems, Inc. In the USA and other states.
CANopen
®
is a registered trademark of CAN in AUTOMATION -
International Users and Manufacturers Group e.V. (CiA), Nuremberg.
CC-Link
®
is a registered trademark of Mitsubishi Electric Corporation,
Tokyo, Japan.
DeviceNet
® and EtherNet/IP
Vendor Association, Inc).
®
are trademarks of ODVA (Open DeviceNet
EtherCAT
®
is a registered trademark and a patented technology of
Beckhoff Automation GmbH, Verl, Germany
, formerly Elektro Beckhoff
GmbH.
Modbus
®
is a registered trademark of Schneider Electric.
Powerlink
®
is a registered trademark of B&R, Bernecker + Rainer Industrie-
Elektronik Ges.m.b.H, Eggelsberg, Austria
PROFIBUS
®
und PROFINET
®
are registered trademarks of PROFIBUS
International, Karlsruhe.
SERCOS interface
® is a registered trademark of SERCOS International e.
V., Suessen, Germany.
All other mentioned trademarks are property of their respective legal owners. comX | Communication Modules for Real-Time-Ethernet and Fieldbus
DOC100903UM05EN | Revision 5 | English | 2015-12 | Released | Public © Hilscher, 2010-2015
Introduction 24/212
EtherCAT
®
is registered trademark and patented technology, licensed by
Beckhoff Automation GmbH, Germany.
To get details and restrictions regarding using the EtherCAT technology refer to the following documents:
$ “EtherCAT Marking rules”
$ “EtherCAT Conformance Test Policy”
$ “EtherCAT Vendor ID Policy”
These documents are available at the ETG homepage www.ethercat.org
or directly over [email protected]
.
1.5 Licenses
If a comX Communication Module is used as a Slave, neither for the firmware nor for the configuration software SYCON.net a license is required.
Licenses are required, if the comX Communication Module is used with a firmware with master functionality*.
* The master license includes the comX Communication Module operating as master and the license for the configuration software SYCON.net for the respective comX. comX | Communication Modules for Real-Time-Ethernet and Fieldbus
DOC100903UM05EN | Revision 5 | English | 2015-12 | Released | Public © Hilscher, 2010-2015
Safety
2 Safety
25/212
The user manual, the accompanying texts and the documentation are written for the use of the products by educated personnel. When using the products, all Safety Instructions, Property Damage Messages and all valid legal regulations have to be obeyed. Technical knowledge is presumed.
The user has to assure that all legal regulations are obeyed.
2.2.1 Intended Use of comX Communication Modules
The comX Communication Modules described in this user manual provide an interface from the device into which the module is integrated (“Target system”) to one of the networks mentioned below. Depending from the chosen model and the loaded firmware, the Real-Time Ethernet or Fieldbus systems listed in the following table can be realized using the respective comX Communication Modules.
• EtherCAT Master with COMX 100CA-RE/COMX 100CN-RE
•
COMX 51CA-RE/COMX 51CN-RE
• EtherNet/IP Scanner (Master) with COMX 100CA-RE/COMX 100CN-RE
• EtherNet/IP Adapter (Slave) with COMX 100CA-RE/COMX 100CN-RE/
COMX 51CA-RE/COMX 51CN-RE
• Open Modbus/TCP (Server) with COMX 100CA-RE/COMX 100CN-RE/
COMX 51CA-RE/COMX 51CN-RE
• Powerlink Controlled Node/Slave with COMX 100CA-RE/COMX 100CN-
RE
• PROFINET IO-RT-Controller (Master) with COMX 100CA-RE/COMX
100CN-RE
• PROFINET IO-RT-IRT-Device (Slave) with COMX 100CA-RE/COMX
100CN-RE/COMX 50CA-REFO/ COMX 51CA-RE/COMX 51CN-RE
• Sercos-Master with COMX 100CA-RE/COMX 100CN-RE
COMX 51CA-RE/COMX 51CN-RE
• VARAN Client (Slave) with COMX 100CA-RE/COMX 100CN-RE
• CANopen Master with COMX 100CA-CO/COMX 100CN-CO
• CANopen Slave with COMX 100CA-CO/COMX 100CN- CO/
COMX 10CA-CO/COMX 10CN- CO
• CC-Link Slave with COMX 10CA-CCS/COMX 10CN-CCS
• DeviceNet Master with COMX 100CA-DN/COMX 100CN-DN
• DeviceNet Slave with COMX 100CA-DN/COMX 100 CN- DN/
COMX 10CA-DN/COMX 10 CN- DN
• PROFIBUS DP Master with COMX 100CA-DP/COMX 100CN-DP comX | Communication Modules for Real-Time-Ethernet and Fieldbus
DOC100903UM05EN | Revision 5 | English | 2015-12 | Released | Public © Hilscher, 2010-2015
Safety 26/212
• PROFIBUS DP Slave with COMX 100CA-DP/COMX 100CN-DP/
COMX 10CA-DP/COMX 10CN-DP
• PROFIBUS MPI with COMX 100CA-DP/COMX 100CN-DP
The comX Communication Module may only be operated as part of a communication system as described in this document and in the comX
Design Guide. It has been exclusively designed for creating connections to such networks. Typically, the comX communication module is integrated within a device.
The comX Communication Module must only be installed, configured and removed by qualified personnel. Job-specific technical skills for people professionally working with electricity must be present concerning the following topics:
• Safety and health at work
• Mounting and connecting of electrical equipment
• Measurement and Analysis of electrical functions and systems
• Evaluation of the safety of electrical systems and equipment
• Installing and Configuring IT systems
2.4 Commitment to read and understand the Manual
•
Important!
$ To avoid personal injury and to avoid property damage to your system or to your communication module, you must read and understand all instructions in the booklet and all accompanying texts to your communication module, before installing and operating your communication module.
$
First read the safety chapter. comX | Communication Modules for Real-Time-Ethernet and Fieldbus
DOC100903UM05EN | Revision 5 | English | 2015-12 | Released | Public © Hilscher, 2010-2015
Safety 27/212
To ensure your own personal safety and to avoid personal injury, you necessarily must read, understand and follow the following and all other safety instructions in this manual, before you install and operate your communication module.
The danger of a lethal electrical shock caused by parts with more than 50V may occur, if you open the device to install the comX communication module.
• Hazardous Voltage may be present inside the device, into which the comX communication module is integrated.
• Strictly obey to all safety rules provided by the device’s manufacturer in the documentation!
• First disconnect the power plug of the device.
• Make sure, that the power supply is off at the device.
• Open the housing and install or remove the comX Communication
Module only after disconnecting power.
An electrical shock is the result of a current flowing through the human body. The resulting effect depends on the intensity and duration of the current and on its path through the body. Currents in the range of approximately ½ mA can cause effects in persons with good health, and indirectly cause injuries resulting from startle responses. Higher currents can cause more direct effects, such as burns, muscle spasms, or ventricular fibrillation.
In dry conditions permanent voltages up to approximately 42.4 V peak or
60 V DC are not considered as dangerous, if the contact area is equivalent to a human hand.
Reference Safety [S2]
2.6 Safety Instructions to avoid Property Damage
To avoid property damage respectively device destruction to the comX communication module and to the system into which the comX is integrated, you necessarily must read, understand and follow the following and all other property damage messages in this manual, before you install and operate your communication module.
2.6.1 Device Destruction by exceeding allowed Supply Voltage
For all comX Communication Modules described in this manual adhere to the instruction hereafter: comX
Communication Module must not be operated with a supply voltage of 5V! Exclusively use the mandatory supply voltage of 3,3 V ±
5 % as specified. Operation of the comX
Communication Module at a voltage above the allowed range (i.e. more than 3,3 V + 5 %) can cause either severe damage to the comX module or even device destruction. comX | Communication Modules for Real-Time-Ethernet and Fieldbus
DOC100903UM05EN | Revision 5 | English | 2015-12 | Released | Public © Hilscher, 2010-2015
Safety 28/212
• The comX Communication Module must only be operated with the specified supply voltage. Take care of not exceeding the limits of the allowed voltage range for the supply voltage.
A supply voltage below the allowed range may cause malfunction of the comX module. The allowed range is given by the tolerances specified in the manual.
The specifications for the mandatory supply voltage for the comX modules described in this manual can be found in chapter Technical Data of COMX
Modules
beginning on page 130 and in Table 13: Supply Voltage and
Signaling Voltage for comX Communication Modules beginning on page
35. For each type of device the necessary and allowed supply voltage, including the tolerance.
2.6.2 Device Destruction by exceeding allowed Signal Voltage
For all comX communication modules described in this manual, take care of the following notice:
• All I/O signal pins at the comX communication module tolerate only the specified signal voltage.
• Operation of the comX communication module at signal voltages significantly exceeding the specified maximum signal voltage of 3.3 V ± 5
% may cause severe damage or device destruction.
The specifications for the maximum signal voltage of the comX modules described in this manual can be found in Table 12: Supply Voltage and
Signaling Voltage for comX Communication Modules
beginning on page
35. The signal voltage is equal to the supply voltage.
Adhere to the necessary safety precautions for components that are vulnerable with electrostatic discharge.
This equipment is sensitive to electrostatic discharge, which cause internal damage and affect normal operation. Follow guidelines when you handle this equipment:
• Touch a grounded object to discharge potential static.
• Wear an approved grounding wrist strap.
• Do not touch connectors or pins on the cifX Communication Interface.
• Do not touch circuit components inside the equipment.
• If available, use a static-safe workstation.
When not in use, store the equipment in appropriate static-safe packaging.
Reference Safety [2] comX | Communication Modules for Real-Time-Ethernet and Fieldbus
DOC100903UM05EN | Revision 5 | English | 2015-12 | Released | Public © Hilscher, 2010-2015
Safety
2.7 Labeling of Safety Messages
Safety
Symbol
29/212
USA
• The Section Safety Messages at the beginning of a chapter are pinpointed particularly. They are highlighted with a specific safety symbol and a signal word according to the degree of endangerment.
Inside the safety message the danger is exactly named.
• The Integrated Safety Messages within an instruction description are highlighted with a signal word according to the degree of endangerment and possibly by a principle symbol. Inside the safety message the danger is exactly named.
Sort of Warning or Principle
Warning of Personal Injury and Property Damage Message
USA: Warning of Personal Injury
As in the scope of the ANSI Z535 Standard (for USA) instructions to a property damage message may not contain a warning triangle, this property damage messages are listed separately for the USA.
Warning of Lethal Electrical Shock
Warning of Damages by Electrostatic Discharge
Principle: Disconnect the Power Plug
Signal
Word
Note
Meaning
Table 10: Safety Symbols and Sort of Warning or Principle
Meaning (USA)
Indicates a direct hazard with high risk, which will have as consequence death or grievous bodily harm if it isn't avoided.
Indicates a possible hazard with medium risk, which will have as consequence death or
(grievous) bodily harm if it isn't avoided.
Indicates a minor hazard with medium risk, which could have as consequence simple battery if it isn't avoided.
Indicates a Property Damage Message.
Indicates an important note in the manual.
Table 11: Signal Words
Indicates a Hazardous Situation Which if not
Avoided, will Result in Death or Serious Injury.
Indicates a Hazardous Situation Which if not
Avoided, could Result in Death or Serious
Injury.
Indicates a Hazardous Situation Which if not
Avoided, may Result in Minor or Moderate
Injury.
Indicates a Property Damage Message.
Indicates an Important Note in the Manual.
In this document all Safety Instructions and Safety Messages are designed according both to the international used safety conventions as well as to the ANSI Z535 standard, refer to reference safety [S1].
[S1] ANSI Z535.6-2006 American National Standard for Product Safety Information in
Product Manuals, Instructions, and Other Collateral Materials
[S2] IEC 60950-1, Information technology equipment - Safety - Part 1: General requirements, (IEC 60950-1:2005, modified); German Edition EN 60950-1:2006
[S3] EN 61340-5-1 and EN 61340-5-2 as well as IEC 61340-5-1 and IEC 61340-5-2 comX | Communication Modules for Real-Time-Ethernet and Fieldbus
DOC100903UM05EN | Revision 5 | English | 2015-12 | Released | Public © Hilscher, 2010-2015
Descriptions and Requirements 30/212
3.1 Description
The products of the comX family are communication modules for Real-Time
Ethernet and Fieldbus for the integration into host systems. comX communication modules provide I/O data to the host in a dual-port memory.
Each Real-Time Ethernet protocol has special requirements to the communication technology, such as switch or hub functionality, for instance. The comX communication module covers these requirements for the respective protocols.
Table 3: Reference to Firmware
on page 12 explains for any comX communication module which protocols are applicable.
Highlights
• 2-Port Ethernet with switch and hub for line topology
• System-/Status-/Link- and Activity-LEDs
• Host Interface with 8- or 16-Bit data width
• USB- and UART diagnostic interface
• Direct access onto the process data within the Dual-Port Memory
• SYCON.net (based on FDT/DTM standard) available as configurator
• comX 10: Address and baudrate switches
• comX 50 CA-REFO:
Fiber optic interface according to AIDA
• If used as embedded system, SYCON.net can be used if at least one of the interfaces USB and UART is connected to outside of the system.
• For all other cases, a PC adapter card is available for firmware update, configuration and diagnosis, see chapter 8”Evaluation Board COMXEB” on page 85 and section „Updating the Firmware“ on page 140. comX | Communication Modules for Real-Time-Ethernet and Fieldbus
DOC100903UM05EN | Revision 5 | English | 2015-12 | Released | Public © Hilscher, 2010-2015
Descriptions and Requirements 31/212
In the following, the block diagram for the Real-Time Ethernet module
COMX 100CA-RE is depicted:
Figure 1: Block Diagram of Real-Time Ethernet Module
Here the corresponding block diagram for the comX Fieldbus Modules:
Figure 2: Block Diagram of a Fieldbus Module
comX | Communication Modules for Real-Time-Ethernet and Fieldbus
DOC100903UM05EN | Revision 5 | English | 2015-12 | Released | Public © Hilscher, 2010-2015
Descriptions and Requirements 32/212
For a sensible application of the communication modules of the comX family, the following conditions must be fulfilled:
At the target system:
1. Mechanical connection: 50 pin SMT connector (male, grid distance 1.27 mm, for instance type SAMTEC TFM - 125 - 02 - S - D – A or TFC - 125
- 02 - F - D – A, see www.samtec.com)
2. Electrical connection: Pin assignment as described in section
Connector X1 in the comX Design Guide.
3. Communication via Dual-Port Memory. Access using the cifX Device
Driver or based on a toolkit.
4. Power supply: Via pins in connector X1, see comX Design Guide. The applied supply voltage must always be in the range between 3,3 V ± 5
%.
At the communication system connected to the comX module (i.e. either
Real-Time Ethernet or. Fieldbus):
5. A Master of the communication system fitting to the respective type of comX module and the loaded firmware, if a Slave firmware has been loaded.
6. A Slave of the communication system fitting to the respective type of comX module and the loaded firmware, if a Master firmware has been loaded.
Concerning topics 2 and 4 also see the pin assignments provided by the comX Design Guide in chapter 3. comX | Communication Modules for Real-Time-Ethernet and Fieldbus
DOC100903UM05EN | Revision 5 | English | 2015-12 | Released | Public © Hilscher, 2010-2015
Descriptions and Requirements 33/212
3.2 Prerequisites for the Operation of the comX
Communication Modules
3.2.1 Prerequisites for the Operation as Embedded System
The following prerequisites must be fulfilled for the operation of the comX communication modules as Embedded System .
1. The comX communication modules must be mounted correctly in the 50 pin SMT connector of the host system (when using comX modules of the
CN series: this is additionally valid for the 30 pin SMT connector of the host system). The connector must be connected according to the specifications given in the comX Design Guide.
2. A suitable supply voltage in the voltage range 3.3 V ± 5% must be connected.
3. The module must be loaded with the correct firmware for the communication system/ protocol to be applied on the module.
4. Please find out the correct firmware for the applied system to be installed on your communication module using the reference table (Table 3:
Reference to Firmware
on page 12 within section 1.1.3 "Reference to
Hardware, Software and Firmware
“).
5. The comX communication module must have been configured correctly,, for instance with the system configurator SYCON.net which is delivered with the comX modules (for more information, see SYCON.net documentation).
6. For the communication with the comX module, either the cifX Device
Driver or the toolkit must have been installed correctly (at least V1.0.5.x).
7. In order to avoid thermal damage, the allowed temperature range needs to be obeyed. See specifications in section “Technical Data of COMX
Modules”
on page 158. comX | Communication Modules for Real-Time-Ethernet and Fieldbus
DOC100903UM05EN | Revision 5 | English | 2015-12 | Released | Public © Hilscher, 2010-2015
Descriptions and Requirements 34/212
3.2.2 Prerequisites for the Operation with Evaluation Board COMXEB
The following prerequisites must be fulfilled for the operation of the comX communication modules with evaluation board COMXEB together with a connected PC.
1. On the PC Microsoft Windows
®
must have been installed (Windows® XP
Service Pack 3, Windows® Vista (32 bit), Windows® 7 Service Pack 1 (32 bit), Windows® 7 Service Pack 1 (64 bit) or Windows® 8 (32 oder 64 bit)
).
2. The COMXEB must be provided with its power supply (Voltage +24V). This can be done using the power adaptor which is included in the scope of delivery via socket X932 or usingt another power supply connected to the
CombiCon connector X930 .
3. One of the diagnostic interfaces (USB: X611 / seriell: X601 ) of the evaluation board COMXEB musr be connected to the PC, see section
8.3.5”Diagnostic Interfaces” on page 107.
4. The comX communication module must be mounted correctly in the 50 pin
SMT connector of the evaluation board COMXEB X300 , X400 or X501
(when using comX modules of the CN series: this is additionally valid for the 30 pin SMT connector of the host system X401 / X500 ).
5. The module must be loaded with the correct firmware for the communication system/ protocol to be applied on the module (this happens on the COMXEB).
Please find out the correct firmware for the applied system to be installed on your communication module using the reference table (Table 3:
Reference to Firmware
on page 12 within section 1.1.3 "Reference to
Hardware, Software and Firmware
“).
6. The comX communication module must have been configured correctly, for instance with the system configurator SYCON.net which is delivered with the comX modules (this happens on the COMXEB ,for more information, see SYCON.net documentation).
3.2.3 Remarks on Storage Stability and Contact Reliability of Hostside Connector
For the host-side connectors used in the comX communication modules
(Samtec Types SFC-115-T2-L-D-A-K-TR and SFC-125-T2-L-D-A-K-TR), the following applies concerning storage stability and long-term immunity against contact failure:
1. Hilscher only uses highly reliable connectors in the comX modules. The supplier of the connector warrants a minimum expected storage time of
5 years without any loss of spring tension when the connectors have been mounted. According to its general terms and conditions, Hilscher assures this warranted storage time to you.
2. In order to preserve the spring tension and to improve the immunity against contact failure of the host-side connectors, the following storage conditions are recommended: o
Storage in dry package such as ESD bags which additionally can be heat-sealed. o
Alternatively: Controlled storage at a temperature of max. 25°C and
50% relative humidity. comX | Communication Modules for Real-Time-Ethernet and Fieldbus
DOC100903UM05EN | Revision 5 | English | 2015-12 | Released | Public © Hilscher, 2010-2015
Descriptions and Requirements 35/212
3.3 Supply Voltage and Signaling Voltage
The following table provides the required and permissible supply voltage for each of the devices as well as the required or tolerated signaling voltage for the I/O signal pins:
comX Supply Voltage Signaling Voltage
All types +3.3 V DC ±5 % +3.3 V DC ±5 %
Table 12: Supply Voltage and Signaling Voltage for comX Communication Modules
The typical current depends on the type of comX module, for detailed values on current consumption see section “Technical Data of COMX
Modules”
.
3.4 Prerequisites for the Software Installation
3.4.1 Prerequisites for the System Configurator SYCON.net
• PC with 1 GHz processor or higher
• Windows
®
XP SP3, Windows
®
SP1, Windows
Vista (32 bit) SP2, Windows
®
7 (64 bit) SP1, Windows
®
®
7 (32 bit)
8 (32 bit) or Windows
®
8 (64 bit)
• Administrator privilege required for installation
• Internet Explorer 5.5 or higher
• Free disk space: min. 400 MByte
• DVD ROM drive
• RAM: min. 512 MByte, recommended 1024 MByte
• Graphic resolution: min. 1024 x 768 pixel
• Keyboard and Mouse
• USB, serial or Ethernet interface
Note: If the project file is saved and opened again or if it is used on another PC, the system requirements must match. Particularly the DTM must be installed on the used PC.
Restriction
Touch screen is not supported. comX | Communication Modules for Real-Time-Ethernet and Fieldbus
DOC100903UM05EN | Revision 5 | English | 2015-12 | Released | Public © Hilscher, 2010-2015
Descriptions and Requirements
3.5 Prerequisites for Certification
36/212
If you intend to develop a final product to be certified with the official
PROFINET-IO certification for IRT, the host base board of your product must provide a SYNC0 signal (2pin connector including GND), for instance in order to allow to connect an oscilloscope there.
For this purpose, the communication modules COMX provide the SYNC0 signal line Request to Send, Serial line & SYNC0 which is located at pin
#15 of system connector. The SYNC0 signal has LVTTL level (3.3 V). A maximum load of 6 mA must not be exceeded.
You should keep the cable length for the sync signals below 50 mm and take into account EMC aspects. comX | Communication Modules for Real-Time-Ethernet and Fieldbus
DOC100903UM05EN | Revision 5 | English | 2015-12 | Released | Public © Hilscher, 2010-2015
Getting Started comX Communication Modules
4 Getting Started comX Communication Modules
37/212
4.1 Hardware Installation as Embedded System (Master and
Slave)
#
1
2
Step
Preparation
Take safety precautions
The following table describes the steps on how to install a comX
Communication Module (Master and Slave) as it is typical for many cases.
Description For detailed information see section
Page
Take all necessary safety precautions for the installation of the comX:
Carefully read the documentation of the device into which the comX is to be mounted.
Especially, obey precisely to the safety rules demanded by the device’s manufacturer
In any case, take care of the following:
Electrical Shock Hazard
27
Lethal Electrical Shock caused by parts with more than 50V!
Disconnect the power plug of the connecting device.
Make sure, that the power supply is off at the connecting device.
Installation Hardware
Open housing
Hardware Installation,
Deinstallation and
Replacement
Installing the comX
Communication Module in its Target Environment
Install comX
Close housing
Plug the connecting cable to the Master or
Slave
Now open the housing of the host system if present.
Take care of the host system being not connected to its supply voltage.
Plug in and mount the comX within the host system.
If necessary, connect diagnostic connection cable from comX to Diagnosis PC (either via
USB- or serial connection).
Close the housing of the host system if any is present.
Plug in the connecting cable from the comX to the Master or Slave.
Important!
When using Ethernet TCP/UDP-IP,
EtherNet/IP or Modbus TCP exclusively use switches or 10/100
MBit/s dual speed hubs and ensure, that the network is operated at a speed of 100 MBit/s or in full duplex mode.
Note!
Use the RJ45 Connector only for
LAN connections but not for telecommunication connections!
Failure in 10 MBit/s Half
Duplex Mode and
Workaround
Ethernet Interface of
COMX
100CA-RE
207
55
comX | Communication Modules for Real-Time-Ethernet and Fieldbus
DOC100903UM05EN | Revision 5 | English | 2015-12 | Released | Public © Hilscher, 2010-2015
Getting Started comX Communication Modules
#
38/212
Step
Plug target system to supply voltage
Description
When using PROFINET IO-Controller take care of the following:
Important hint for cabling!
Only connect ports with different cross-over settings with each other.
Otherwise no connection will be established between the devices. If the port settings of the comX
PROFINET IO-Controller have not been set to AUTO, then port 0 will be set to uncrossed and port 1 to crossed.
Plug the target system to its supply voltage and switch it on.
If a PC has been connected for diagnostic purposes, do the same for the PC.
For detailed information see section
See according User
Manual at Documentation
Overview comX
Page
16
Table 13: Steps for the Hardware Installation of a comX Communication Module (Master und Slave)
comX | Communication Modules for Real-Time-Ethernet and Fieldbus
DOC100903UM05EN | Revision 5 | English | 2015-12 | Released | Public © Hilscher, 2010-2015
Getting Started comX Communication Modules 39/212
4.2 Configuration of the comX Communication Module
(Slave)
#
1
2
(a)
2.1
(a)
2.2
(a)
2
(b)
2.1
(b)
2.2
(b)
2.3
(b)
2.4
(b)
2.5
(b)
Step
Driver Installation
The following table describes the steps on how to configure a comX
Communication Module (Slave) as it is typical for many cases. The comX
Communication Module (Slave) can be configured using the cifX Test
Application. In many cases, the corresponding DTM in the configuration software SYCON.net can be used alternatively.
Description For detailed information see section
Page
Install the required driver(s) (cifX Device
Driver, USB Driver…). For a serial connection no special driver is required.
See separate manual
“Software Installation and
Documentation
Overview ”
Download Firmware and Configuration
(a) with the cifX Test Application
The cifX Test Application is delivered and installed with the cifX Device Driver .
Updating the Firmware using an Evaluation
Board COMXEB and a
PC
142
cifX Test Application
Installation
Configuration steps comX (Slave)
OR
Download
Firmware and
Configuration,
Diagnosis, I/O Data
Installing SYCON.net
If not already happened in Step 1, install the
cifX Test Application.
In the cifX Test Application
- select and download the firmware
- adjust the device parameters for comX
Communication Module (Slave)
(b) using SYCON.net
Possibly use the corresponding DTM in the configuration software SYCON.net.
Run the SYCON.net-Setup and follow to the instructions of the installation wizard.
Updating the Firmware using an Evaluation
Board COMXEB and a
PC
142
Firmware Download
See separate manual
“Software Installation and
Documentation
Overview ”
Update the
Firmware with
SYCON.net
Also see corresponding user manual under
Documentation Overview comX
Configuration comX (Slave)
Download
Configuration
Diagnosis
- Start configuration software SYCON.net,
- Create new project /Open existing project,
- Insert Slave into configuration,
- Select driver and assign device.
- Select and download the firmware.
- Configure the comX Communication Module
(Slave)
- Download the configuration to the comX
(Slave) *.
(*EtherCAT-Slave,
EtherNet/IP-Adapter (Slave),
Open-Modbus/TCP (Slave),
Powerlink-Controlled-Node/Slave,
PROFINET IO-Device (Slave),
Sercos-Slave,
PROFIBUS DP-Slave,
CANopen-Slave,
DeviceNet-Slave,)
- Right click on device symbol.
- Select context menu entry Diagnosis,
- then select Diagnosis > General or
Firmware Diagnosis,
- or select Diagnosis > Extended Diagnosis.
Device Names in
SYCON.net
147
16
44
comX | Communication Modules for Real-Time-Ethernet and Fieldbus
DOC100903UM05EN | Revision 5 | English | 2015-12 | Released | Public © Hilscher, 2010-2015
Getting Started comX Communication Modules
2.6
(b)
I/O Monitor - Right click on device symbol.
- Select context menu entry Diagnosis,
- then Tools > IO Monitor.
-Check the input or output data.
Table 14: Configuration Steps for the comX Communication Module (Slave)
40/212
Important: SYCON.net cannot be used for the configuration of the CC-
Link Slave communication module COMX 50CA-CC. comX | Communication Modules for Real-Time-Ethernet and Fieldbus
DOC100903UM05EN | Revision 5 | English | 2015-12 | Released | Public © Hilscher, 2010-2015
Getting Started comX Communication Modules 41/212
4.3 Configuration of the comX Communication Module
(Master)
#
1
2
Step
Driver Installation
The following table describes the steps on how to configure a comX
Communication Module (Master) as it is typical for many cases. The comX
Communication Module (Master) can be configured using the configuration software SYCON.net.
Description For detailed information see section
Page
Install the required driver(s) (cifX Device
Driver, USB Driver…). For a serial connection no special driver is required.
See separate manual
“Software Installation and
Documentation
Overview ”
Download
Firmware and
Configuration,
Diagnosis, I/O Data
using SYCON.net
Possibly use the corresponding DTM in the configuration software SYCON.net..
(Alternatively,
for this purpose
also the usage of the cifX Test Application is possible.)
2.2 Firmware Download
2.3 Configuration comX
(Master)
2.4 Download
Configuration instructions of the installation wizard.
- Start configuration software SYCON.net,
- Create new project /Open existing project,
- Insert Master into configuration,
- Select driver and assign device.
- Select and download the firmware.
- Configure the comX (Master).
See separate manual
“Software Installation and
Documentation
Overview ”
Update the
Firmware with
SYCON.net
Also see corresponding user manual under
Documentation Overview comX
Device Names in
SYCON.net
147
16
44
2.5 Diagnostic
- Download the configuration to the comX
(Master) *
(*EtherCAT-Master,
EtherNet/IP-Scanner (Master),
PROFINET IO-Controller (Master) ,
Sercos- Master,
PROFIBUS DP-Master,
CANopen-Master,
DeviceNet-Master)
- Right click on device symbol.
- Select context menu entry Diagnosis,
- then select Diagnosis > General,
Firmware
or Master Diagnosis,
- or select Diagnosis > Extended Diagnosis.
- Right click on device symbol.
- Select context menu entry Diagnosis,
- then Tools > IO Monitor.
-Check the input or output data.
Table 15: Configuration Steps for the comX Communication Module (Master)
comX | Communication Modules for Real-Time-Ethernet and Fieldbus
DOC100903UM05EN | Revision 5 | English | 2015-12 | Released | Public © Hilscher, 2010-2015
Getting Started comX Communication Modules 42/212
4.4 Notes for the Configuration of the Master Device
To configure the Master, a device description file is required. Please take into account the following notes during the configuration of the Master
Device:
Real-Time
Ethernet-System
Notes
EtherCAT Slave
To configure the Master, an XML file (device description file) is required.
The settings in the used Master must comply with the settings in the
Slave to establish communication. Important parameters are: Vendor ID,
Product Code, Serial Number, Revision Number, Output/Input Data Bytes
If the XML file Hilscher COMX RE ECS V2.2.X.xml is use/updated, the firmware with the version 2.2.x must be use/updated.
EtherNet/IP-
Adapter
The loadable firmware supports for the number of cyclic input data and for cyclic output data in total up to 400 bytes. If more than 200 bytes for input data or for output data should be exchanged via EtherCAT, then a customer specific XML file is necessary. Additionally the following formula applies: (number of input bytes + 3)/4 + (number of output bytes + 3)/4 must be less or equal to 100.
To configure the Scanner/Master, an EDS file (device description file) is required. The settings in the used Scanner/Master must comply with the settings in the Adapter/Slave to establish communication. Important parameters are: Input, Output Data Bytes, Vendor ID, Product Type,
Product Code, Major Rev, Minor Rev, IP Address and Netmask.
Powerlink-
Controlled-
Node/Slave
PROFINET IO-
Device sercos Slave
To configure the Managing Node/Master, an XDD file (device description file) is required. The settings in the used Managing Node/Master must comply with the settings in the Controlled Node/Slave, to establish communication. Important parameters are: Vendor ID, Product Code,
Serial Number, Revision Number, Node ID, Output and Input length.
To configure the Controller, a GSDML file (device description file) is required. The settings in the used Controller must comply with the settings in the Device to establish communication. Important parameters are: Station Name, Vendor ID, Device ID, Input and Output Data Bytes.
Under Name of Station, the name must be typed which was also used in the configuration file of the master of this device. If no name chosen freely is used in the configuration file, then the name from the GSDML file is used.
The sercos Master uses the sercos address to communicate with the slave. Some Masters verify Device ID, Vendor Code, Input Data Size and
Output Data Size and do further communication to the slave only if all these values match. Therefore the master reads these parameters from the slave and compares them with the configuration stored in the master.
The parameters Device ID, Vendor Code, Input Data Size and Output
Data Size are part of the SDDML device description file. If for the configuration of the sercos Master SDDML files are used and a default value of one of these parameters was changed, then a SDDML file must be created in the configuration software via Export SDDML and then used in the configuration of the SERCOS Master. comX | Communication Modules for Real-Time-Ethernet and Fieldbus
DOC100903UM05EN | Revision 5 | English | 2015-12 | Released | Public © Hilscher, 2010-2015
Getting Started comX Communication Modules 43/212
Fieldbus-System Notes
PROFIBUS DP
Slave
CANopen Slave
To configure the Master, a GSD file (device description file) is required.
The settings in the used Master must comply with the settings in the
Slave to establish communication. Important parameters are: Station
Address, Ident Number, Baudrate and Config Data (the configuration data for the output and input length).
To configure the Master, an EDS file (device description file) is required.
The settings in the used Master must comply with the settings in the
Slave to establish communication. Important parameters are: Node
Address and Baudrate.
DeviceNet Slave
To configure the Master, an EDS file (device description file) is required.
The settings in the used Master must comply with the settings in the
Slave to establish communication. Important parameters are: MAC ID,
Baudrate, Produced Size, Consumed Size, Vendor ID, Product Type,
Product Code, Major Rev, Minor Rev.
CC-Link Slave
To configure the Master, a CSP file (device description file) is required.
The settings in the used Master must comply with the settings in the
Slave to establish communication. Important parameters are: Slave
Station Address, Baudrate, Station Type and Vendor Code.
Table 16: Notes for the Configuration of the Master Device
Further information to the device description files can be found under section Device Description Files on page 14. comX | Communication Modules for Real-Time-Ethernet and Fieldbus
DOC100903UM05EN | Revision 5 | English | 2015-12 | Released | Public © Hilscher, 2010-2015
Getting Started comX Communication Modules 44/212
4.5 Device Names in SYCON.net
The following table contains the device names displayed for the single communication protocols in the configuration software SYCON.net.
The table shows the card type of the comX Communication Interface and which protocol can be used. Furthermore, the table shows, for which protocol which device must be selected from the device catalog to configure the comX Communication Module with SYCON.net.
comX (Module
Type)
Protocol DTM Specific
Group
Device Name in
SYCON.net
Real-time Ethernet EtherCAT Master
COMX 100XX-RE/ECS EtherCAT Slave Gateway/Stand-
Alone Slave
EtherNet/IP Scanner
(Master)
EtherNet/IP Adapter
(Slave)
Gateway/Stand-
Alone Slave
Open-Modbus/TCP Gateway/Stand-
Alone Slave
Powerlink-
Controlled-
Node/Slave
PROFINET IO-RT-
Controller
Gateway/Stand-
Alone Slave
COMX 100XX-RE/EIS
COMX 100XX-RE/OMB
COMX 100XX-RE/PLS
COMX 100XX-RE/PNS
Real-time Ethernet
PROFINET IO-RT-
Device
Gateway/Stand-
Alone Slave
Sercos-Master Master
Sercos-Slave
EtherCAT Slave
Gateway/Stand-
Alone Slave
Gateway/Stand-
Alone Slave
EtherNet/IP Adapter
(Slave)
Gateway/Stand-
Alone Slave
Open-Modbus/TCP Gateway/Stand-
Alone Slave
PROFINET IO-RT-
Device
Gateway/Stand-
Alone Slave
CANopen
Sercos-Slave
PROFINET IO-RT-
Device
CANopen Master
Gateway/Stand-
Alone Slave
Gateway/Stand-
Alone Slave
CANopen Slave
Gateway/Stand-
Alone Slave
DeviceNet
DeviceNet Master
DeviceNet Slave
Gateway/Stand-
Alone Slave
PROFIBUS-DP PROFIBUS DP
Master
PROFIBUS DP
Slave comX | Communication Modules for Real-Time-Ethernet and Fieldbus
DOC100903UM05EN | Revision 5 | English | 2015-12 | Released | Public
Gateway/Stand-
Alone Slave
COMX 100XX-RE/S3S
COMX 51XX-RE/ECS
COMX 51XX-RE/EIS
COMX 51XX-RE/OMB
COMX 51XX-RE/PNS
COMX 51XX-RE/S3S
COMX 50XX-
REFO/PNS
COMX 100XX-CO/COS
COMX 10XX-COS/COS
COMX 100XX-DN/DNS
COMX 10XX-DNS/DNS
COMX 100XX-DP/DPS
© Hilscher, 2010-2015
Getting Started comX Communication Modules
CC-Link
CC-Link Slave
Gateway/Stand-
Alone Slave
XX means CA or CN
Table 17: Device Names in SYCON.net by Communication Protocol
45/212
COMX 10XX-DPS/DPS
COMX 10XX-CCS/CCS comX | Communication Modules for Real-Time-Ethernet and Fieldbus
DOC100903UM05EN | Revision 5 | English | 2015-12 | Released | Public © Hilscher, 2010-2015
Getting Started comX Communication Modules 46/212
4.6 Exchange of comX Communication modules (Master and
Slave)
4.6.1 Steps for Exchange of Hardware
#
1
2
4
6
7
9
Step
In the following table the steps for the exchange (in the replacement case) of a comX communication module (Master oder Slave) are described, as they are typical for many cases of application.
Description For detailed information see section
Page
Hardware Installation Deinstall comX communication module to be replaced.
Take the required safety precautions.
Take safety precautions
Take all necessary safety precautions for the installation of the comX:
Carefully read the documentation of the device into which the comX is to be mounted.
Especially, obey precisely to the safety rules demanded by the device’s manufacturer
In any case, take care of the following:
Remove screws fixing the comX
Lethal Electrical Shock caused by parts with more than 50V!
Disconnect the power plug of the connecting device.
Make sure, that the power supply is off at the connecting device.
Now open the housing of the host system if present.
Take care of the host system being not connected to its supply voltage as long as the case is open.
First remove both screws used for fixing the comX at the front panel of the device.
Then pull the comX communication module to be exchanged carefully out of the connector(s).
Plug-in replacement comX
Now carefully plug the replacement comX communication module into the connector(s).
Take care of good fitting and contact.
Fix replacement comX Fix the replacement comX at the front panel of the device using the 2 screws.
Close the housing of the host system if any is present.
Plug target system to supply voltage
Plug the target system to its supply voltage and switch it on.
Decommissioning
Electrical Shock Hazard
52
27
Decommissioning
52
Table 18: Steps how to replace the comX Communication modules (Master and Slave)
comX | Communication Modules for Real-Time-Ethernet and Fieldbus
DOC100903UM05EN | Revision 5 | English | 2015-12 | Released | Public © Hilscher, 2010-2015
Getting Started comX Communication Modules 47/212
4.6.2 Load Firmware & Configuration into Replacement Module comX
(Slave)
#
1
(a)
1.1
(a)
1
(b)
1.1
(b)
1.2
(b)
Step
Download Firmware and Configuration
Configuration steps comX (Slave)
Note: For comX communication module s without Rotary Switch Slot
Number (Module ID) in terms of a device exchange service (replacement case) you must manually download the same firmware and configuration into the replacement cifX, as into the preceding cifX Communication
Interface.
The following table describes the steps on how to download the firmware and the configuration of a comX communication module (Slave) exchange service (replacement case) as it is typical for many cases. The download can be performed for the Slave using the cifX Test Application or alternatively the configuration software SYCON.net can be used.
Description For detailed information see section
Page
(a) With the cifX Test Application
The cifX Test Application is delivered and installed together with the cifX Device Driver.
In the cifX Test Application
- select and download the firmware
- adjust the device parameters for comX communication module (Slave)
Updating the Firmware using an Evaluation
Board COMXEB and a
PC
See above
142
(b) using SYCON.net
OR
Download
Firmware and
Configuration
Firmware Download
Download
Configuration
- Start configuration software SYCON.net,
- open existing project,
- if so, select driver,
- assign device.
- Select and download the firmware.
- Download the configuration to the comX
(Slave) *.
(*EtherCAT-Slave,
EtherNet/IP-Adapter (Slave),
Open-Modbus/TCP (Slave),
Powerlink-Controlled-Node/Slave,
PROFINET IO-Device (Slave),
Sercos-Slave,
PROFIBUS DP-Slave,
CANopen-Slave,
DeviceNet-Slave,)
Update the
Firmware with SYCON.net
See corresponding user manual under
Documentation
and
Device Names in
SYCON.net
147
16
44
Table 19: Firmware and Configuration Download Steps comX Communication modules
(Slave) at Module Exchange (Replacement Case)
comX | Communication Modules for Real-Time-Ethernet and Fieldbus
DOC100903UM05EN | Revision 5 | English | 2015-12 | Released | Public © Hilscher, 2010-2015
Getting Started comX Communication Modules 48/212
4.6.3 Load Firmware & Configuration into Replacement Module comX
(Master)
# Step
1
Download
Firmware and
Configuration
1.1 Firmware Download
The following table describes the steps on how to download the firmware and the configuration of a comX Communication Module (Master) exchange service (replacement case) as it is typical for many cases. The download can be performed for the Master using the configuration software
SYCON.net
Description For detailed information see section
Page using
SYCON.net
- Start configuration software SYCON.net,
- open existing project,
- if so, select driver,
- assign device.
- Select and download the firmware.
Update the
Firmware with
SYCON.net
See corresponding user manual under
Documentation
147
16
1.2 Download
Configuration
- Download the configuration to the replacement comX (Master)*
(*EtherCAT-Master, EtherNet/IP-Scanner
(Master), PROFINET IO-Controller (Master) ,
Sercos- Master, PROFIBUS DP-Master,
CANopen-Master, DeviceNet-Master)
Table 20: Steps Firmware and Configuration Download Steps comX Communication modules (Master) at Module Exchange (Replacement Case)
comX | Communication Modules for Real-Time-Ethernet and Fieldbus
DOC100903UM05EN | Revision 5 | English | 2015-12 | Released | Public © Hilscher, 2010-2015
Getting Started comX Communication Modules 49/212
4.7 Updating the Firmware, Driver and Software
Note: As a prerequisite for the software update, the project files, the configuration files and firmware files have to be saved.
At existing hardware installation the firmware, the driver and the configuration software must be updated according to the versions given in section “Reference to Hardware, Software and Firmware” on page 11.
This is illustrated by the following graphic:
For detailed information about firmware update also see chapter Updating
the Firmware
on page 140. comX | Communication Modules for Real-Time-Ethernet and Fieldbus
DOC100903UM05EN | Revision 5 | English | 2015-12 | Released | Public © Hilscher, 2010-2015
Hardware Installation, Deinstallation and Replacement 50/212
Replacement
5.1 Warning Messages on Personal Injury
Obey to the following safety advices, when installing, deinstalling or replacing the comX Communication Modules described in this manual.
Lethal Electrical Shock caused by parts with more than 50V!
$ HAZARDOUS VOLTAGE may be present inside the device, into which the comX communication module is integrated.
$ Strictly obey to all safety rules provided by the device’s manufacturer in the documentation!
$ Therefore first disconnect the power plug of the device.
$ Make sure, that the power supply is off at the device.
$ Open the housing and install or remove the comX Communication
Module only after disconnecting power.
$ Strictly obey to all safety rules given in the documentation supplied by the manufacturers of this device.!
5.2 Property Damage Messages
Obey to the following property damage messages, when installing, deinstalling or replacing the comX Communication Module.
5.2.1 Device Destruction by exceeding allowed Supply Voltage
Adhere for all comX Communication Modules described in this manual the instruction hereafter:
Device Destruction!
$ Use only the mandatory supply voltage to operate the comX
Communication Module.
$ Operating the comX with a supply voltage above of the specified range leads to device destruction.
USA:
Device Destruction!
$ Use only the mandatory supply voltage to operate the comX
Communication Module.
$ Operating the comX with a supply voltage above of the specified range comX | Communication Modules for Real-Time-Ethernet and Fieldbus
DOC100903UM05EN | Revision 5 | English | 2015-12 | Released | Public © Hilscher, 2010-2015
Hardware Installation, Deinstallation and Replacement leads to device destruction.
51/212
5.2.2 Device Destruction by exceeding allowed Signaling Voltage
Adhere for all comX Communication Modules described in this manual the instruction hereafter:
Device Destruction!
$ All I/O signal pins at the comX Communication Module tolerate only a specified signaling voltage!
$ Operation the comX with a signaling voltage other than the specified signaling voltage may lead to severe damage to the comX
Communication Module!
USA:
Device Destruction!
$ All I/O signal pins at the comX Communication Module tolerate only a specified signaling voltage!
$ Operation the comX with a signaling voltage other than the specified signaling voltage may lead to severe damage to the comX
Communication Module!
For detailed information on the supply and signaling voltage of the comX
Communication Modules described in this manual, refer to section “Supply
Voltage and Signaling Voltage”
on page 34.
Adhere to the necessary safety precautions for components that are vulnerable with electrostatic discharge.
Electro-statically sensitive Devices
$
To prevent damage to the device and the comX Communication
Module, make sure, that the comX is grounded via the endplate and the
PC and make sure, that you are discharged when you install/ deinstall the comX Communication Module. comX | Communication Modules for Real-Time-Ethernet and Fieldbus
DOC100903UM05EN | Revision 5 | English | 2015-12 | Released | Public © Hilscher, 2010-2015
Hardware Installation, Deinstallation and Replacement 52/212
5.3 Installing the comX Communication Module in its Target
Environment
For the installation of the comX communication module into the device into which the comX module is to be integrated (also denominated as “host system” or “target environment”), proceed as follows:
• Hazardous Voltage may be present inside the device, into which the comX communication module is integrated.
• Strictly obey to all safety rules given in the documentation supplied by the manufacturers of this device!
• Plug off the device into which the comX module is to be integrated!
• Make sure, that this device is separated from the supply voltage and free of current, before you continue.
• Adhere to the necessary safety precautions for components that are vulnerable with electrostatic discharge described in section
5.2.3“Electro-statically sensitive Devices” on page 51
!
Step 1: If necessary, remove the housing of this device. In all cases, strictly adhere to the manuals of this device.
!
Step 2: Definitely avoid touching open contacts or ends of wires.
!
Step 3: Plug in the comX communication module carefully but solidly in to its connector (50 pin SMT connector, male, grid width 1.27 mm, at
COMX-CN modules additionally 30 pin SMT connector, male, grid width
1.27 mm).
!
Step 4: If you had opened the housing of the device in step 1, then close it now. Again strictly adhere to the manuals of this device anyway.
!
Step 5: Connect the device with its supply voltage and switch it on again. Check, whether the device behaves normally.
!
Step 6: If this is the case, connect the device to the corresponding communication partner (Master in case of Slave Module, Slave in case of Master-Module) via Ethernet- or Fieldbus (depending on the type of comX communication module).
5.4 Decommissioning
In order to avoid personal injury, material and environmental damage strictly obey the rules on putting the comX modules out of service and on disposal given in section “Decommissioning, Replacement and Disposal” on page 199. comX | Communication Modules for Real-Time-Ethernet and Fieldbus
DOC100903UM05EN | Revision 5 | English | 2015-12 | Released | Public © Hilscher, 2010-2015
Installing the Software 53/212
The installation of the software delivered with the device on the
Communication Solutions DVD (Configuration software, drivers, tools) is subject of a separate manual “comX”, which is also contained on that DVD, see there.
There you will find descriptions of the installation of the following software under Windows XP, 7 and 8:
• cifX Device Driver
• SYCON.net
• netX Configuration Tool
• USB-Driver comX | Communication Modules for Real-Time-Ethernet and Fieldbus
DOC100903UM05EN | Revision 5 | English | 2015-12 | Released | Public © Hilscher, 2010-2015
Device Photos (Position of Switches, LEDs and Interfaces) 54/212
7 Device Photos (Position of Switches, LEDs and
Interfaces)
7.1 Real-Time Ethernet Communication Module COMX
100CA-RE
Figure 3: Photo of Communication Module COMX 100CA-RE with Cooler
LED Displays of COMX 100CA-RE
SYS LED
COM0 LED
COM1 LED
SMT-Connectors of the COMX 100CA-RE (Connection to Host)
System Interface
Connectors of the COMX 100CA-RE (connected to outside)
Ethernet Interface Channel 0
Ethernet Interface Channel 1 comX | Communication Modules for Real-Time-Ethernet and Fieldbus
DOC100903UM05EN | Revision 5 | English | 2015-12 | Released | Public © Hilscher, 2010-2015
Device Photos (Position of Switches, LEDs and Interfaces)
7.1.2 Ethernet Interface of COMX 100CA-RE
55/212
Figure 4: Pinning of Ethernet Interface of COMX 100CA-RE
Pin Signal Description
1
2
TX+
TX–
Transmit data positive
Transmit data negative
3 RX+ Receive data positive
4 TERM
5 TERM
6 RX – Receive data negative
7 TERM
8 TERM
* Bob Smith Termination
Table 21: Pinning of Ethernet Connector at Channel 0 and Channel 1
The Ethernet interfaces of the comX communication modules provide the
Auto-Crossover feature.
For a schematic diagram of the Ethernet Interface of COMX 100CA-RE refer to the comX Design Guide. comX | Communication Modules for Real-Time-Ethernet and Fieldbus
DOC100903UM05EN | Revision 5 | English | 2015-12 | Released | Public © Hilscher, 2010-2015
Device Photos (Position of Switches, LEDs and Interfaces) 56/212
7.2 Real-Time Ethernet Communication Module COMX
100CN-RE
Figure 5: Photo of Communication Module COMX 100CN-RE
Note: Please take care of the following: The figure above shows the
COMX 100CN-RE communication module without the metal blocks required for mounting!
SMT-Connectors of the COMX 100CN-RE (Connection to Host)
System Interface
Ethernet Interface
7.2.2 Ethernet Interface of COMX 100CN-RE
The pin assignment of the Ethernet interface of the COMX 100CN-RE is described in the comX Design Guide within subsection 3.2.4. comX | Communication Modules for Real-Time-Ethernet and Fieldbus
DOC100903UM05EN | Revision 5 | English | 2015-12 | Released | Public © Hilscher, 2010-2015
Device Photos (Position of Switches, LEDs and Interfaces) 57/212
7.3 Real-Time Ethernet Communication Module COMX 50CA-
REFO with Fiber Optic
The COMX 50CA-REFO communication modules conform with the AIDA specifications.
Figure 6: Photo COMX 50CA-REFO
LED Displays of COMX 100CA-RE
SYS LED
COM0 LED
COM1 LED
SMT-Connectors of the COMX 100CA-RE (Connection to Host)
System Interface
Optical Connectors of the COMX 50CA-REFO (connected to outside)
Ethernet Interface Channel 0 (Fiber Optic)
Ethernet Interface Channel 1 (Fiber Optic) comX | Communication Modules for Real-Time-Ethernet and Fieldbus
DOC100903UM05EN | Revision 5 | English | 2015-12 | Released | Public © Hilscher, 2010-2015
Device Photos (Position of Switches, LEDs and Interfaces)
7.3.2 Optical Ethernet Interface of COMX 50CA-REFO
58/212
The COMX 50CA-REFO has 2 optical Ethernet interfaces with Transceivers of type Avago QFBR-5978. comX | Communication Modules for Real-Time-Ethernet and Fieldbus
DOC100903UM05EN | Revision 5 | English | 2015-12 | Released | Public © Hilscher, 2010-2015
Device Photos (Position of Switches, LEDs and Interfaces) 59/212
Real-Time Ethernet Communication Module
COMX51CA-RE
7.4.1 COMX51CA-RE
Figure 7: Photo of Communication Module COMX51CA-RE with Cooler
LED Displays of COMX51CA-RE
SYS LED
COM0 LED
COM1 LED
SMT-Connectors of the COMX51CA-RE (Connection to Host)
System Interface
Connectors of the COMX51CA-RE (connected to outside)
Ethernet Interface Channel 0
Ethernet Interface Channel 1 comX | Communication Modules for Real-Time-Ethernet and Fieldbus
DOC100903UM05EN | Revision 5 | English | 2015-12 | Released | Public © Hilscher, 2010-2015
Device Photos (Position of Switches, LEDs and Interfaces)
7.4.2 Ethernet Interface of COMX51CA-RE
See section Ethernet Interface of COMX 100CA-RE on page 55.
60/212 comX | Communication Modules for Real-Time-Ethernet and Fieldbus
DOC100903UM05EN | Revision 5 | English | 2015-12 | Released | Public © Hilscher, 2010-2015
Device Photos (Position of Switches, LEDs and Interfaces) 61/212
7.5 Real-Time Ethernet Communication Module COMX 51CN-
RE
Figure 8: Photo of Communication Module COMX 51CN-RE
SMT-Connectors of the COMX51CN-RE (Connection to Host)
System Interface
Ethernet Interface
7.5.2 Ethernet Interface of COMX 51CN-RE
The pin assignment of the Ethernet interface of the COMX 51CN-RE is described in the comX Design Guide within subsection 3.2.4. comX | Communication Modules for Real-Time-Ethernet and Fieldbus
DOC100903UM05EN | Revision 5 | English | 2015-12 | Released | Public © Hilscher, 2010-2015
Device Photos (Position of Switches, LEDs and Interfaces)
7.6 CANopen Communication Module COMX 100CA-CO
62/212
Figure 9: Photo of Communication Module COMX100 CA-CO
LED Displays of COMX 100CA-CO
SYS LED
COM LED
SMT-Connectors of the COMX 100CA-CO (Connection to Host)
System Interface
Fieldbus connector of COMX 100CA-CO (connected to outside)
CANopen Interface comX | Communication Modules for Real-Time-Ethernet and Fieldbus
DOC100903UM05EN | Revision 5 | English | 2015-12 | Released | Public © Hilscher, 2010-2015
Device Photos (Position of Switches, LEDs and Interfaces) 63/212
7.6.2 CANopen Interface of COMX 100CA-CO
The following figure shows the CANopen interface (D-Sub plug, male, 9 pin)
Figure 10: CANopen-Interface (D-Sub-plug, 9-pin) of the COMX 100CA-CO
Connection with
D-Sub-Plug
Signal Description
3
7
CAN_GND
CAN_H
CAN reference potential
CAN-High bus line
Figure 11: Pinning of CANopen Interface of the COMX 100CA-CO
comX | Communication Modules for Real-Time-Ethernet and Fieldbus
DOC100903UM05EN | Revision 5 | English | 2015-12 | Released | Public © Hilscher, 2010-2015
Device Photos (Position of Switches, LEDs and Interfaces)
7.7 CANopen Communication Module COMX 100CN-CO
64/212
Figure 12: Photo of Communication Module COMX100 CN-CO
SMT-Connectors of the COMX 100CN-CO (Connection to Host)
System Interface
CANopen Interface
7.7.2 CANopen Interface of COMX 100CN-CO
The pin assignment of the CANopen interface of the COMX 100CN-CO is described in the comX Design Guide within subsection 3.2.1. comX | Communication Modules for Real-Time-Ethernet and Fieldbus
DOC100903UM05EN | Revision 5 | English | 2015-12 | Released | Public © Hilscher, 2010-2015
Device Photos (Position of Switches, LEDs and Interfaces)
7.8 DeviceNet Communication Module COMX 100CA-DN
7.8.1 COMX 100CA- DN
65/212
Figure 13: Photo of Communication Module COMX 100CA-DN
Note: Please take care of the following: The figure above shows the
COMX 100CA-DN communication module without the metal blocks required for mounting!
LED Displays of COMX 100CA-DN
SYS-LED
COM-LED
SMT-Connectors of the COMX 100CA-DN (Connection to Host)
System Interface
Fieldbus connector COMX 100CA-DN (connected to outside)
DeviceNet Interface comX | Communication Modules for Real-Time-Ethernet and Fieldbus
DOC100903UM05EN | Revision 5 | English | 2015-12 | Released | Public © Hilscher, 2010-2015
Device Photos (Position of Switches, LEDs and Interfaces) 66/212
7.8.2 DeviceNet Interface of COMX 100CA-DN
The following figure shows the DeviceNet interface of the COMX 100CA-
DN (Combicon plug, 5 pin):
Figure 14: DeviceNet Interface (CombiCon-Plug, 5 pin) of the COMX 100CA-DN
Connection with
CombiCon plug
Signal Color Description
4
5 power supply
2 CAN_L Blue
3 Drain
CAN Low signal
Shield
CAN_H
V+
White
Red
CAN High signal
+24 V DeviceNet supply voltage
Table 22: Pinning of the DeviceNet-Interface of the COMX 100CA-DN
comX | Communication Modules for Real-Time-Ethernet and Fieldbus
DOC100903UM05EN | Revision 5 | English | 2015-12 | Released | Public © Hilscher, 2010-2015
Device Photos (Position of Switches, LEDs and Interfaces)
7.9 DeviceNet Communication Module COMX 100CN-DN
67/212
Figure 15: Photo of Communication Module COMX 100CN-DN
SMT-Connectors of the COMX 100CN-DN (Connection to Host)
System Interface
DeviceNet -Interface
7.9.2 DeviceNet Interface of COMX 100CN-DN
The pin assignment of the DeviceNet interface of the COMX 100CN-DN is described in the comX Design Guide within subsection 3.2.2. comX | Communication Modules for Real-Time-Ethernet and Fieldbus
DOC100903UM05EN | Revision 5 | English | 2015-12 | Released | Public © Hilscher, 2010-2015
Device Photos (Position of Switches, LEDs and Interfaces) 68/212
7.10 PROFIBUS-DP Communication Module COMX 100CA-DP
Figure 16: Photo of Communication Module COMX 100CA-DP
Note: Please take care of the following: The figure above shows the
COMX 100CA-DP communication module without the metal blocks required for mounting!
LED Displays of COMX 100CA-DP
SYS-LED
COM-LED
SMT-Connector of the COMX 100CA-DP (Connection to Host)
System Interface
Fieldbus connector COMX 100CA-DP (connected to outside)
PROFIBUS-DP-Interface comX | Communication Modules for Real-Time-Ethernet and Fieldbus
DOC100903UM05EN | Revision 5 | English | 2015-12 | Released | Public © Hilscher, 2010-2015
Device Photos (Position of Switches, LEDs and Interfaces) 69/212
7.10.2 PROFIBUS-DP Interface of COMX 100CA-DP
The following figure shows the PROFIBUS-DP interface (D-Sub plug, female, 9 pin)
Figure 17: PROFIBUS-DP-Interface(D-Sub plug, female, 9 pin) of the COMX 100CA-DP
Connection with
D-Sub-Plug
Signal Description
Receive-/Send data-P (Line B at plug)
5
6
DGND
VP
Data reference potential
Power supply (positive)
8 RxD/TxD-N plug)
Table 23: Pinning of the PROFIBUS-DP Interface of the COMX 100CA-DP
comX | Communication Modules for Real-Time-Ethernet and Fieldbus
DOC100903UM05EN | Revision 5 | English | 2015-12 | Released | Public © Hilscher, 2010-2015
Device Photos (Position of Switches, LEDs and Interfaces) 70/212
7.11 PROFIBUS-DP Communication Module COMX 100CN-DP
Figure 18: Photo of Communication Module COMX 100CN-DP
SMT-Connectors of the COMX 100CN-DP (Connection to Host)
System Interface
PROFIBUS-DP-Interface
7.11.2 PROFIBUS-DP Interface of COMX 100CN-DP
The pin assignment of the PROFIBUS-DP interface of the COMX 100CN-
DP is described in the comX Design Guide within subsection 3.2.3. comX | Communication Modules for Real-Time-Ethernet and Fieldbus
DOC100903UM05EN | Revision 5 | English | 2015-12 | Released | Public © Hilscher, 2010-2015
Device Photos (Position of Switches, LEDs and Interfaces)
7.12 CC-Link Communication Module COMX 10CA-CCS
71/212
Figure 19: Photo of Communication Module COMX 10CA-CCS
LED Displays of COMX 10CA-CCS
SYS-LED
COM-LED
Address and Baudrate Switches of the COMX 10CA-CCS
Address Switch 1 for CC-Link Slave Address (x10)
Address Switch 2 for CC-Link Slave Address (x1)
Baudrate Switch
SMT-Connectors of the COMX 10CA-CCS (Connection to Host)
System Interface
Fieldbus connector of COMX 10CA-CCS (connected to outside)
CC-Link Interface comX | Communication Modules for Real-Time-Ethernet and Fieldbus
DOC100903UM05EN | Revision 5 | English | 2015-12 | Released | Public © Hilscher, 2010-2015
Device Photos (Position of Switches, LEDs and Interfaces)
7.12.2 Description of the Address and Baudrate Switches
72/212
The address and baudrate switches of the COMX 10CA-CCS are described in the comX Design Guide.
7.12.3 CC-Link Interface of COMX 10CA-CCS
The following drawing shows the CC-Link interface (D-Sub-male connector,
9-pole) of the COMX 10CA-CCS:
Isolated RS-485 interface:
Figure 20: CC-Link Interface (Screw terminal connector, 5 pin)
Connection with
Screw terminal
Connector
Signal
Description
Table 24: CC-Link -Interface of COMX 10CA-CCS
comX | Communication Modules for Real-Time-Ethernet and Fieldbus
DOC100903UM05EN | Revision 5 | English | 2015-12 | Released | Public © Hilscher, 2010-2015
Device Photos (Position of Switches, LEDs and Interfaces)
7.13 CC-Link Communication Module COMX 10CN-CCS
73/212
Figure 21: Photo of Communication Module COMX 10CN-CCS
SMT-Connectors of the COMX 10CN-CCS (Connection to Host)
System Interface
CC-Link Interface
Address and Baudrate Switches of the COMX 10CN-CCS
Address Switch 1 (Address x 10)
Address Switch 2 (Address x 1)
Baudrate Switch
7.13.2 Description of the Address and Baudrate Switches
The address and baudrate switches of the COMX 10CN-CCS are described in the comX Design Guide.
7.13.3 CC-Link Interface of COMX 10CN-CCS
The pin assignment of the CC-Link interface of the COMX 10CN-CCS is described in the comX Design Guide within subsection 3.2.1. comX | Communication Modules for Real-Time-Ethernet and Fieldbus
DOC100903UM05EN | Revision 5 | English | 2015-12 | Released | Public © Hilscher, 2010-2015
Device Photos (Position of Switches, LEDs and Interfaces)
7.14 CANopen Communication Module COMX 10CA-COS
74/212
Figure 22: Photo of Communication Module COMX10 CA-COS
LED Displays of COMX 10CA-COS
SYS LED
COM LED
SMT-Connectors of the COMX 10CA-COS (Connection to Host)
System Interface
Fieldbus Connector of COMX 10CA-COS (connected to outside)
CANopen Interface
Address Switches of COMX 10CA-COS
Address Switch 1
Address Switch 2
7.14.2 Description of the Address Switches
The address and baudrate switches of the COMX 10CA-COS are described in the comX Design Guide. comX | Communication Modules for Real-Time-Ethernet and Fieldbus
DOC100903UM05EN | Revision 5 | English | 2015-12 | Released | Public © Hilscher, 2010-2015
Device Photos (Position of Switches, LEDs and Interfaces)
7.14.3 CANopen Interface of COMX 10CA-COS
75/212
The following figure shows the CANopen interface (D-Sub plug, male, 9 pin)
Figure 23: CANopen-Interface (D-Sub-plug, 9-pin) of the COMX 10CA-COS
Connection with
D-Sub-Plug
Signal Description
3
7
CAN_GND
CAN_H
CAN reference potential
CAN-High bus line
Figure 24: Pinning of CANopen Interface of the COMX 10CA-COS
comX | Communication Modules for Real-Time-Ethernet and Fieldbus
DOC100903UM05EN | Revision 5 | English | 2015-12 | Released | Public © Hilscher, 2010-2015
Device Photos (Position of Switches, LEDs and Interfaces)
7.15 CANopen Communication Module COMX 10CN-COS
76/212
Figure 25: Photo of Communication Module COMX 10CN-COS
LED Displays of COMX 10CN-COS
SYS-LED
COM-LED
SMT-Connectors of the COMX 10CN-COS (Connection to Host)
System Interface
CANopen -Interface
Address Switches of COMX 10CN-COS
Address Switch 1
Address Switch 2
7.15.2 Description of the Address Switches
The address switches of the COMX 10CN-COS are described in the comX
Design Guide.
7.15.3 CANopen Interface of COMX 10CN-COS
The pin assignment of the CANopen interface of the COMX 10CN-COS is described in the comX Design Guide within subsection 3.2.2. comX | Communication Modules for Real-Time-Ethernet and Fieldbus
DOC100903UM05EN | Revision 5 | English | 2015-12 | Released | Public © Hilscher, 2010-2015
Device Photos (Position of Switches, LEDs and Interfaces)
7.16 DeviceNet Communication Module COMX 10CA-DNS
77/212
Figure 26: Photo of Communication Module COMX 10CA-DNS
LED Displays of COMX 10CA-DNS
SYS-LED
COM-LED
SMT-Connectors of the COMX 10CA-DNS (Connection to Host)
System Interface
Fieldbus connector COMX 10CA-DNS (connected to outside)
DeviceNet Interface
Address switches of COMX 10CA-DNS
Address Switch 1
Address Switch 2
7.16.2 Description of the Address Switches
The address switches of the COMX 10CA-DNS are described in the comX
Design Guide. comX | Communication Modules for Real-Time-Ethernet and Fieldbus
DOC100903UM05EN | Revision 5 | English | 2015-12 | Released | Public © Hilscher, 2010-2015
Device Photos (Position of Switches, LEDs and Interfaces)
7.16.3 DeviceNet Interface of COMX 10CA-DNS
78/212
The following figure shows the DeviceNet interface of the COMX 10CA-
DNS (Combicon plug, 5 pin):
Figure 27: DeviceNet Interface (CombiCon- Pug, 5 pin) of the COMX 10CA-DNS
Connection with
CombiCon plug
Signal Color Description
4
5
2 CAN_L Blue power supply
CAN Low signal
3 Drain Shield
CAN_H
V+
White
Red
CAN High signal
+24 V DeviceNet supply voltage
Table 25: Pinning of the DeviceNet-Interface of the COMX 10CA-DNS
comX | Communication Modules for Real-Time-Ethernet and Fieldbus
DOC100903UM05EN | Revision 5 | English | 2015-12 | Released | Public © Hilscher, 2010-2015
Device Photos (Position of Switches, LEDs and Interfaces)
7.17 DeviceNet Communication Module COMX 10CN-DNS
79/212
Figure 28: Photo of Communication Module COMX 10CN-DNS
LED Displays of COMX 10CN-DNS
SYS-LED
COM-LED
SMT-Connectors of the COMX 10CN-DNS (Connection to Host)
System Interface
DeviceNet Interface
Address Switches of COMX 10CN-DNS
Address switch 1
Address switch 2 comX | Communication Modules for Real-Time-Ethernet and Fieldbus
DOC100903UM05EN | Revision 5 | English | 2015-12 | Released | Public © Hilscher, 2010-2015
Device Photos (Position of Switches, LEDs and Interfaces)
7.17.2 Description of the Address Switches
80/212
The address switches of the COMX 10 CN-DNS are described in the comX
Design Guide.
7.17.3 DeviceNet Interface of COMX 10CN-DNS
The pin assignment of the DeviceNet interface of the COMX 10CN-DNS is described in the comX Design Guide within subsection 3.2.3. comX | Communication Modules for Real-Time-Ethernet and Fieldbus
DOC100903UM05EN | Revision 5 | English | 2015-12 | Released | Public © Hilscher, 2010-2015
Device Photos (Position of Switches, LEDs and Interfaces) 81/212
7.18 PROFIBUS-DP Communication Module COMX 10CA-DPS
Figure 29: Photo of Communication Module COMX 10CA-DPS
LED Displays of COMX 10CA-DPS
SYS-LED
COM-LED
SMT-Connector of the COMX 10CA-DPS (Connection to Host)
System Interface
Fieldbus connector COMX 10CA-DPS (connected to outside)
PROFIBUS-DP-Interface
Address Switches of COMX 10CA-DPS
Address switch 1
Address switch 2
7.18.2 Description of the Address Switches
The address switches of the COMX 10 CA-DPS are described in the comX
Design Guide. comX | Communication Modules for Real-Time-Ethernet and Fieldbus
DOC100903UM05EN | Revision 5 | English | 2015-12 | Released | Public © Hilscher, 2010-2015
Device Photos (Position of Switches, LEDs and Interfaces) 82/212
The following figure shows the PROFIBUS-DP interface (D-Sub plug, female, 9 pin)
Figure 30: PROFIBUS-DP-Interface (D-Sub plug, female, 9 pin) of the COMX 10CA-DPS
Connection with
D-Sub-Plug
Signal Description
Receive-/Send data-P (Line B at plug)
5
6
DGND
VP
Data reference potential
Power supply (positive)
8 RxD/TxD-N plug)
Table 26: Pinning of the PROFIBUS-DP Interface of the COMX 10CA-DPS
comX | Communication Modules for Real-Time-Ethernet and Fieldbus
DOC100903UM05EN | Revision 5 | English | 2015-12 | Released | Public © Hilscher, 2010-2015
Device Photos (Position of Switches, LEDs and Interfaces) 83/212
7.19 PROFIBUS-DP Communication Module COMX 10CN-DPS
Figure 31: Photo of Communication Module COMX 10CN-DPS
LED Displays of COMX 10CN-DPS
SYS-LED
COM-LED
SMT-Connectors of the COMX 10CN-DPS (Connection to Host)
System Interface
PROFIBUS-DP-Interface
Address Switches of COMX 10CN-DPS
Address switch 1
Address switch 2 comX | Communication Modules for Real-Time-Ethernet and Fieldbus
DOC100903UM05EN | Revision 5 | English | 2015-12 | Released | Public © Hilscher, 2010-2015
Device Photos (Position of Switches, LEDs and Interfaces)
7.19.2 Description of the Address Switches
84/212
The address switches of the COMX 10 CN-DPS are described in the comX
Design Guide.
The pin assignment of the PROFIBUS-DP interface of the COMX 10CN-
DPS is described in the comX Design Guide within subsection 3.2.3. comX | Communication Modules for Real-Time-Ethernet and Fieldbus
DOC100903UM05EN | Revision 5 | English | 2015-12 | Released | Public © Hilscher, 2010-2015
Evaluation Board COMXEB
8 Evaluation Board COMXEB
85/212
8.1 Purpose
The evaluation board COMXEB allows commissioning and testing of comX modules. Using the evaluation board you can connect a comX module to a
PC or network via a host interface or diagnostic interface.
The COMXEB eases commissioning as you can configure the comX, load firmware into it, perform function tests and diagnosis. You can also use the evaluation board with a mounted comX module in order to develop the application program on a PC and to test it via the host interface.
The evaluation board COMXEB provides all necessary controls, displays and interfaces, see Figure 32 below. This chapter explains the basic function and describes these controls, displays and interfaces of the evaluation board COMXEB.
1 2 3 4 5
X409
36
X406
X407
X405
X402
35
34
33
32
P400
31
P401
30
X404
29
X403
P500
28
27
P501
CH0_LINK
26
25
CH0_ACT
24
CH1_LINK
23
CH1_ACT
22
X502
21
CH0
CH1
20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12
Figure 32: COMXEB
6
7
8
9
X350
X709
S701
S700
10
X351
11
S600 comX | Communication Modules for Real-Time-Ethernet and Fieldbus
DOC100903UM05EN | Revision 5 | English | 2015-12 | Released | Public © Hilscher, 2010-2015
Evaluation Board COMXEB 86/212
Figure 32
on page 85 shows a photo of the evaluation board COMXEB where all controls, displays and interfaces are marked with a number. The assignment of these numbers to the denominations and descriptions of these elements is given by the following table:
Number Denomination Meaning / Description
(1)
X300
Interface COMX CA-Module
(2)
(3)
X400
X501
/X401
/X500
Interface COMX CN Fieldbus modules
Interface COMX CN Real-Time Ethernet modules
(4)
S302 Host mode selection
(5)
(6)
(7)
S301
X350
X709
Data width (8/16 Bit) at parallel DPM mode
Host interface (Parallel Dual-Port-Memory interface, connection via CAB- NXPCA-PCI to NXPCA-PCI)
SPM interface
(8)
S701
DPM mode
(9)
(10)
S702
X351
Selection of SPM connector
Pin header SYNC/UART1
(11)
(12)
(13)
S600
X932
X930
Reset pushbutton
Female pin connector for power supply
CombiCon female connector for power supply
(14)
(15)
P900
P800
Power LED (entire device)
Power LED of SPM USB interface
(16)
X829
SPM USB interface
(17)
(18)
X611
X610
USB diagnostic interface
Jumper for boot mode
(19)
(20)
(21)
X601
-
X502
UART diagnostic interface
Matrix label (see section 17.1 “ Matrix Label ” in appendix for explanation
(22)
(23)
CH1_ACT
CH1_LINK
Real-time Ethernet interface (2 Channels)
Ethernet Activity-LED Channel 1 yellow
Ethernet Link-LED Channel 1 green
(24)
(25)
(26)
(27)
(28)
(29)
(30)
(31)
(32)
CH0_ACT
CH0_LINK
P501
P500
X403
X404
P401
P400
X402
Ethernet Activity-LED Channel 0 yellow
Ethernet Link-LED Channel 0 green
Communication status STA0
Communication status STA1
CANopen interface
DeviceNet interface
Communication status STA
LED (unused)
PROFIBUS interface
(33)
(34)
(35)
(36)
X405
X407
X406
X409
CC-Link interface
Jumper for AIFX connector
Jumper for AIFX connector
AIFX connector
Table 27: Legend to Figure 32
comX | Communication Modules for Real-Time-Ethernet and Fieldbus
DOC100903UM05EN | Revision 5 | English | 2015-12 | Released | Public © Hilscher, 2010-2015
Evaluation Board COMXEB 87/212
Assignment of comX modules to the sockets on the COMXEB
The following Table 28: Assignment of comX modules to the sockets on the
COMXEB:
explains, which comX modules can be applied in which socket on the COMXEB:
Socket/ Interface Module family Module
Socket
Socket
X300
X400 /
(1)
X401
(2)
comX CA module comX CN Fieldbus module
COMX 10CA-CCS
COMX 10CA-COS
COMX 10CA-DNS
COMX 10CA-DPS
COMX 50CA-REFO
COMX 51CA-RE
COMX 100CA-RE
COMX 100CA-CO
COMX 100CA-DN
COMX 100CA-DP
COMX 10CN-CCS
COMX 10CN-COS
COMX 10CN-DNS
COMX 10CN-DPS
Socket X500 / X501
(3)
comX CN-RE module
COMX 100CN-CO
COMX 100CN-DN
COMX 100CN-DP
COMX 51CN-RE
COMX 100CN-RE
Table 28: Assignment of comX modules to the sockets on the COMXEB:
Host connection and operation modes
The host connection is usually done via a parallel dual port memory interface ( X350
(6)
). If comX modules with netX10 or netX51 are used, alternatively a serial dual port memory interface is available.
The following operation modes are available:
Operation modes with parallel DPM (for all comX module types)
• DPM 8-bit (see page 114)
• DPM 16bit (see page 114)
Operation modes with serial DPM (SPI 50 MHz, only for comX 10 and comX 51)
• SPM via pin header
X709
(7)
(see page 115)
• SPM via USB Type B interface (
X829 )
(16)
(see page 116)
Setting the operation modes
Information on setting the modes of operation can be found in section
Controls
on page 88. comX | Communication Modules for Real-Time-Ethernet and Fieldbus
DOC100903UM05EN | Revision 5 | English | 2015-12 | Released | Public © Hilscher, 2010-2015
Evaluation Board COMXEB 88/212
8.2 Controls
You can find additional information on this topic in section Setting the slide
switches depending on the selection of the host interface
on page 96.
8.2.1 Position for host mode selection- Slide switch (S302)
The setting of slide switch (S302)
(4)
decides between host-controlled and
board-controlled
mode of operation of the COMXEB.
Choose position Board of switch S302
(4)
, if the switch settings on the COMXEB shall decide about the selection of DPM or
SPM mode ( Slide switch S701
(8)
) and at DPM mode about the selection of 8-Bit mode or 16-Bit mode for DPM access mode ( Slide switch S301
(5)
).
Choose position Host of switch S302, if the host shall decide about the selection of DPM or SPM mode and at DPM mode about the selection of 8-Bit mode or 16-Bit mode for DPM access. This requires the lines DPM_DIRQ# and DPM_SIRQ# of
X350 to be connected accordingly at the host.
8.2.2 Selection of operation mode (DPM/SPM) - Slide switch (S701)
This slide switch (S701)
(8)
selects either the DPM or SPM mode of operation if option „Board-controlled“ of slide switch S302
(4)
has been chosen.
If the application should use serial dual port memory for the host connection, switch to SPM.
If the application should use parallel dual port memory for the host connection, switch to DPM.
Otherwise, if the slide switch S302
(4)
has been set to option „Host-
controlled“,
the host will decide on its own whether DPM or SPM mode is used.
Note: The selection of the DPM or SPM mode will get valid if a reset of the comX module is performed.
8.2.3 Width for data access at parallel DPM mode - Slide switch
(S301)
Slide switch S301
(5)
allows switching between data access to parallel dual-port memory with a width of 8 bit or 16 bit.
DPM data access width is 16 bit
DPM data access width is 8 bit
However, this is only relevant in DPM mode of operation. The DPM mode is set with slide switch S701
(8)
and slide switch S302
(4)
. comX | Communication Modules for Real-Time-Ethernet and Fieldbus
DOC100903UM05EN | Revision 5 | English | 2015-12 | Released | Public © Hilscher, 2010-2015
Evaluation Board COMXEB 89/212
•
Note: A power cycle is necessary to switch from 8 bit data width to 16 bit data with and vice versa, because the data width is read and set during start-up only.
•
8.2.4 Selection of serial interface - Slide switch (S700)
Slide switch S700
(9)
alternatively activates the pin header X709 or the
USB interface X829 .
SPM signals are connected with the pin header X709
(7)
SPM signals are connected with USB interface X829
(16)
(via the FTDI chip).
However, this is only relevant in SPM operation mode. The SPM mode is set with slide switch S701
(8)
and slide switch S302
(4)
.
8.2.5 Reset pushbutton (S600)
Pressing the pushbutton S600
(11)
initiates a reset of the comX module.
The boot jumper X610
(18)
should be set if you intend to activate the serial boot mode over USB. The start-up behavior is as follows:
• When boot jumper X610
(18)
is open, the comX module starts the firmware directly.
• When boot jumper X610
(18)
is set, the comX module stays in the serial boot mode (SYS LED on comX communication module is blinking yellow). In this mode the comX is able to load a new code such as a second-stage boot loader via either USB (or UART) and to subsequently execute it.
•
Note: The boot jumper X610
(18)
does not have any effect if no device is connected to the USB diagnosis connector X611 .
•
8.2.7 Configuration of AIFX Interface - Jumpers (X406 and X407)
These jumpers are used to configure the extension interface X409
(36)
for connecting to an AIFX. The AIFX is available as accessory for PROFIBUS,
CANopen, DeviceNet and CC-Link.
Important: Only set the jumpers in case of a comX with TTL signals
(COMX-CN... \NIF) being mounted in the COMX interfaces X400
(2)
and
X401
(2)
.
Short circuit
Never set a jumper between positions 1 and 2 of jumper X406
(35)
or
X407
(34)
! comX | Communication Modules for Real-Time-Ethernet and Fieldbus
DOC100903UM05EN | Revision 5 | English | 2015-12 | Released | Public © Hilscher, 2010-2015
Evaluation Board COMXEB
Fieldbus
PROFIBUS
Jumper
90/212
Description
Set the jumpers X406
(35)
and
X407
(34)
according to Figure 33 if you want to use an AIFX-DP at the
AIFX interface X409
(36)
.
CANopen/
DeviceNet
Figure 33:Jumper settings for using X409 as
PROFIBUS interface
Set the jumpers X406
(35)
and
X407
(34)
according to Figure 34 if you want to use an AIFX-CO or an
AIFX-DN at the AIFX interface
X409
(36)
.
CC-Link
Figure 34: Jumper settings for using X409 as
CANopen/ DeviceNet interface
Set the jumpers X406
(35)
and
X407
(34)
according to Figure 35 if you want to use an AIFX-CC at the
AIFX interface X409
(36)
.
Figure 35: Jumper settings for using X409 as CC-
Link interface
comX | Communication Modules for Real-Time-Ethernet and Fieldbus
DOC100903UM05EN | Revision 5 | English | 2015-12 | Released | Public © Hilscher, 2010-2015
Evaluation Board COMXEB
Fieldbus
Kein AIFX
Jumper
Figure 36: Jumper settings for using X409 without
AIFX
91/212
Description
Remove all jumpers both at X406
(35)
and at X407
(34)
(see Figure
36
), if you do not connect to an
AIFX at the AIFX interface
(36)
. comX | Communication Modules for Real-Time-Ethernet and Fieldbus
DOC100903UM05EN | Revision 5 | English | 2015-12 | Released | Public © Hilscher, 2010-2015
Evaluation Board COMXEB 92/212
8.3.1 Power supply connectors
8.3.1.1 Socket for Barrel Connector of Power Adaptor X932
The evaluation board COMXEB must be supplied with DC in the voltage range between 18 V and 30 V. Usually, this is done by an adaptor whose barrel connector has to be put into socket X932
(12)
. The typical supply voltage of that adaptor is 24 V DC ± 6 V DC.
The consumed power depends mainly on the type of the used comX module, for more details see the comX Design Guide.
Pin
1
Description
GND
2
+24V DC
Figure 37: Pin assignment power supply socket X932
The corresponding barrel connector of the power adaptor looks like this:
Figure 38: Barrel connector of the power adaptor
Alternatively, external power supply is possible via the green CombiCon connector X930
(13)
(3-pin).
X930
2
3
Pin
1
Name
GND
+24 V DC
FE
Table 29: Pin assignment of external power supply connector X930
comX | Communication Modules for Real-Time-Ethernet and Fieldbus
DOC100903UM05EN | Revision 5 | English | 2015-12 | Released | Public © Hilscher, 2010-2015
Evaluation Board COMXEB 93/212
8.3.2.1 Parallel Dual-Port-Memory Interface – Pin header (X350)
Table 30: Pin assignment Host interface X350
shows the pin assignment of the 68 pin dual-port memory interface X350
(6)
.
X350 Pin Signal
1
2 GND
3
4
5 GND
6
7 RES_DPM_IN#
8
9
10
11 DPM_DIRQ#
12 DPM_BUSY#
13 GND
14 DPM_RD#
15
16 DPM_WR#
17 GND
18 DPM_SIRQ#
19 DPM_BHE#
20 GND
21
22
23
24 DPM_CS#
25 GND
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33 GND
34
35
36 DPM_A13
37 DPM_A12
38 DPM_A11
39 DPM_A10
40 DPM_A09
41 DPM_A08
42 DPM_A07 comX | Communication Modules for Real-Time-Ethernet and Fieldbus
DOC100903UM05EN | Revision 5 | English | 2015-12 | Released | Public © Hilscher, 2010-2015
Evaluation Board COMXEB
43 DPM_A06
44 DPM_A05
45 DPM_A04
46 DPM_A03
47 DPM_A02
48 DPM_A01
49 DPM_A00
50 GND
51 IN_DPM_D15
52 IN_DPM_D14
53 IN_DPM_D13
54 IN_DPM_D12
55 IN_DPM_D11
56 IN_DPM_D10
57 IN_DPM_D09
58 IN_DPM_D08
59 DPM_D07
60 DPM_D06
61 DPM_D05
62 DPM_D04
63 DPM_D03
64 DPM_D02
65 DPM_D01
66 DPM_D00
Table 30: Pin assignment Host interface X350
94/212
Using the DPM over USB interface is described in section Parallel dual-
port memory interface (DPM)
on page 114.
The USB Interface X829
(16)
of the evaluation board COMXEB for accessing the serial dual-port memory is implemented as a USB socket of type B.
This interface is currently not supported, it is reserved for future applications. comX | Communication Modules for Real-Time-Ethernet and Fieldbus
DOC100903UM05EN | Revision 5 | English | 2015-12 | Released | Public © Hilscher, 2010-2015
Evaluation Board COMXEB
8.3.2.3 SPM Interface - Pin Header X709
95/212
The SPI interface provides signals for connecting to a host system (i.e. SPI master).
The signals of the serial dual-port memory interface of the evaluation board
COMXEB can be routed to the pin header X709
(7)
(16-pin) if according settings are made at switches S700
(9)
(Switch SPM to pin header, FTDI chip will not be used) and S701
(8)
(SPM Mode).
The pin assignment of pin header X709
(7)
is as follows:
Pin Header X709 Pin Signal
1 L_SPM_MISO
3 L_SPM_MOSI
4 GND
5 L_SPM_CS#
6 GND
7 L_SPM_CLK
8 GND
9 L_SPM_DIRQ#
10 GND
11 L_SPM_SIRQ#
12 GND
13 L_SPM_SIO2
14 GND
15 L_SPM_SIO3
16 GND
Table 31: Pin assignment of pin header X709
Figure 39: SPI-master-slave-connection
This figure also illustrates the signal directions. At least the signals
SPI_CLK
, SPI_CSn, SPI_MOSI und SPI_MISO and GND must be connected. comX | Communication Modules for Real-Time-Ethernet and Fieldbus
DOC100903UM05EN | Revision 5 | English | 2015-12 | Released | Public © Hilscher, 2010-2015
Evaluation Board COMXEB
8.3.2.4
96/212
Setting the slide switches depending on the selection of the host interface
At any particular time only one of the three host interfaces X350
(6)
, X709
(7)
or X829
(16)
can be used. The decision, which one of these will actually be used, depends on the settings of the slide switches S302 , S701 , S301 and S700 .
Mode Board controlled
For the operation of the host interfaces X350
(6)
, X709
(7)
and X829
(16)
, the slide switches described in section Controls on page 88 must be set according to the following Table 32: Settings for selecting the host interface
:
Activated host interface S302 S701 S700 S301
Parallel DPM interface
X350
(6)
Serial DPM interface X709
(7)
(Pin header)
Board
Board
DPM
SPM
Setting is not relevant
X709
Selection of
8 or 16 bit mode
Setting is not relevant
Serial DPM interface X829
(16)
(SPM over USB)
Board
SPM X829 Setting is not relevant
Table 32: Settings for selecting the host interface in mode Board controlled
Mode Host controlled
In mode Host controlled the firmware of the comX module evaluates the signals DPM_DIRQn und DPM_SIRQn of the parallel DPM interface X350
(6)
.
The selection of the host interface additionally depends from signal
DPM_DIRQn
in this mode. Signal DPM_SIRQn decides, whether the 8 bit or
16 bit mode is selected for the operation of the parallel DPM interface X350
(6)
, see below.
For the operation of the host interfaces X350
(6)
, X709
(7)
and X829
(16)
in mode Host controlled the following settings and signals are required, proceed according to the following Table 33: Settings for selecting the host
interface in mode Host controlled
:
Activated host interface
S302 Signal
DPM_DIRQ
S700 Signal
DPM_SIRQ
Parallel DPM interface
X350
(6)
Host
1
(parallel mode, default)
Setting is not relevant
Selection of 8 or 16 bit mode:
DPM_SIRQ=1
selects the 8bit Mode
DPM_SIRQ=0
selects the
16-bit Mode
Serial DPM interface X709
(7)
(Pin header)
0
(serial mode)
X709 Setting is not relevant
Host
Serial DPM interface X829
(16)
(SPM over
USB)
Host
0
(serial mode)
X829 Setting is not relevant
Table 33: Settings for selecting the host interface in mode Host controlled
comX | Communication Modules for Real-Time-Ethernet and Fieldbus
DOC100903UM05EN | Revision 5 | English | 2015-12 | Released | Public © Hilscher, 2010-2015
Evaluation Board COMXEB 97/212
8.3.3.1 COMX Interface X300
Table 34: Pin assignment comX-interface X300
shows the pin assignment of the 50 pin interface X300
(1)
for connecting to all comX-CA communication modules.
X300 Pin Signal
(Parallel mode)
1
2
Word interface, active low
Bus high enable, active low
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
Data line 15
Data line 14
Data line 13
Data line 12
Data line 11
Data line 10
Data line 9
Data line 8
11 Ground
12 Power Supply
13 Transmit Data,
Serial line
14 Receive Data, Serial line
15 Request to Send,
Serial line & SYNC0
16 Clear to Send,
Serial line & SYNC1
17
USB positive,
Diagnostic line
18 USB negative,
Diagnostic line
19 Receive Data,
Diagnostic line
20 Transmit Data,
Diagnostic line
21 Reset, active low
22 Busy, active low
23
During operation:
Interrupt, active low
COMX 10 at start-up:
Host mode selection
24 Read, active low
25 Write, active low
26 Chip select, active low
27 Address line 13
28 Address line 12
29 Address line 11
30 Address line 10
31 Address line 9
Symbol
(Parallel mode)
DPM_SIRQ#
DPM_BHE#
DPM_D15
DPM_D14
DPM_D13
DPM_D12
DPM_D11
DPM_D10
DPM_D9
DPM_D8
GND
+3V3
UART1_TXD
UART1_RXD
UART1_RTS#/
SYNC0
UART1_CTS#/
SYNC1
USB+
USB-
UART0_RXD
UART0_TXD
Signal
(Serial mode)
reserved reserved reserved reserved
SPM_SIRQ#
Symbol
(Serial mode)
SPM_SIRQ#
SPM_DIRQ#–
Clock
Chip select, active low
Request to Send,
Serial line & SYNC0
Clear to Send,
Serial line & SYNC1
USB positive,
Diagnostic line
USB negative,
Diagnostic line
Receive Data,
Diagnostic line
Transmit Data,
Diagnostic line
SPM_DIRQ#
SPM_CLK
SPM_CS#
Master Out Slave In SPM_MOSI
Master In Slave Out SPM_MISO
Ground
Power Supply
GND
+3V3
UART1_TXD Transmit Data,
Serial line
Receive Data, Serial line
UART1_RXD
UART1_RTSn/
SYNC0
UART1_CTSn/
SYNC1
USB+
USB-
UART0_RXD
UART0_TXD
DPM_RESET#
DPM_BUSY#
Reset, active low
-
DPM_RESETn
-
DPM_DIRQ# DPM_DIRQn COMX 10, COMX 51 at start-up:
Host mode selection
DPM_RD#
DPM_WR#
DPM_CS#
DPM_A13
DPM_A12
DPM_A11
DPM_A10
DPM_A9 comX | Communication Modules for Real-Time-Ethernet and Fieldbus
DOC100903UM05EN | Revision 5 | English | 2015-12 | Released | Public © Hilscher, 2010-2015
Evaluation Board COMXEB
32 Address line 8
33 Address line 7
34 Address line 6
35 Address line 5
36 Address line 4
37 Address line 3
38 Address line 2
39 Address line 1
40 Address line 0
41 Data line 7
42 Data line 6
43 Data line 5
44 Data line 4
45 Data line 3
46 Data line 2
47 Data line 1
48 Data line 0
49 Ground
DPM_A8
DPM_A7
DPM_A6
DPM_A5
DPM_A4
DPM_A3
DPM_A2
DPM_A1
DPM_A0
DPM_D7
DPM_D6
DPM_D5
DPM_D4
DPM_D3
DPM_D2
DPM_D1
DPM_D0
GND
+3V3
Table 34: Pin assignment comX-interface X300
98/212 comX | Communication Modules for Real-Time-Ethernet and Fieldbus
DOC100903UM05EN | Revision 5 | English | 2015-12 | Released | Public © Hilscher, 2010-2015
Evaluation Board COMXEB 99/212
8.3.3.2
X400
COMX Interfaces X400/X401
Table 35: Pin assignment comX-interface X400
shows the pin assignment of the 50 pin interface X400
(2)
for connecting to comX-CN communication modules for Fieldbus systems.
Pin Signal
(Parallel mode)
Symbol
(Parallel mode)
Signal
(Serial mode)
Symbol
(Serial mode)
5
6
3
4
1
2
7
8
Word Interface, active low DPM_SIRQ# reserved
Bus high enable, active low DPM_BHE# reserved
Data line 15
Data line 14
Data line 13
Data line 12
Data line 11
Data line 10
DPM_D15
DPM_D14
DPM_D13
DPM_D12
DPM_D11
DPM_D10
SPM_CS#
DPM_D9 reserved reserved
SPM_SIRQ#
SPM_DIRQ#
Clock
Chip select, active low
SPM_SIRQ#
SPM_DIRQ#
SPM_CLK
Master Out Slave In SPM_MOSI 9 Data line 9
10 Data line 8
11 Ground
DPM_D8
GND
Master In Slave Out
+3V3
UART1_TXD
SPM_MISO
13 Transmit Data,
Serial line
14 Receive Data, Serial line
15 Request to Send,
Serial line & SYNC0
16
Clear to Send,
Serial line & SYNC1
UART1_RXD
UART1_RTS#/
SYNC0
UART1_CTS#/
SYNC1
USB+ 17 USB positive,
Diagnostic line
18 USB negative,
Diagnostic line
19 Receive Data,
Diagnostic line
20 Transmit Data,
Diagnostic line
21 Reset, active low
USB-
UART0_RXD
UART0_TXD
22 Busy, active low
23 During operation:
Interrupt, active low
COMX 10 at start-up:
Host mode selection
DPM_RESET#
DPM_BUSY#
DPM_DIRQ#
24 Read, active low
25 Write, active low
26 Chip select, active low
27 Address line 13
28 Address line 12
29 Address line 11
30 Address line 10
31 Address line 9
32 Address line 8
33 Address line 7
DPM_RD#
DPM_WR#
DPM_CS#
DPM_A13
DPM_A12
DPM_A11
DPM_A10
DPM_A9
DPM_A8
DPM_A7 comX | Communication Modules for Real-Time-Ethernet and Fieldbus
DOC100903UM05EN | Revision 5 | English | 2015-12 | Released | Public © Hilscher, 2010-2015
Evaluation Board COMXEB
34 Address line 6
35 Address line 5
36 Address line 4
37 Address line 3
38 Address line 2
39 Address line 1
40 Address line 0
41 Data line 7
42 Data line 6
43 Data line 5
44 Data line 4
45 Data line 3
46 Data line 2
47 Data line 1
48 Data line 0
49 Ground
DPM_A6
DPM_A5
DPM_A4
DPM_A3
DPM_A2
DPM_A1
DPM_A0
DPM_D7
DPM_D6
DPM_D5
DPM_D4
DPM_D3
DPM_D2
DPM_D1
DPM_D0
GND
+3V3
Table 35: Pin assignment comX-interface X400
100/212 comX | Communication Modules for Real-Time-Ethernet and Fieldbus
DOC100903UM05EN | Revision 5 | English | 2015-12 | Released | Public © Hilscher, 2010-2015
Evaluation Board COMXEB 101/212
Table 36: Pin assignment comX-interface X401
shows the pin assignment of the 30 pin interface X401
(2)
for connecting to comX-CN communication modules for Fieldbus systems.
X401 Signal Symbol Pi n
1
2
PROFIBUS, Receive Data
CC-Link Receive Driver Enable, active low
4
5
6
CC-Link, Transmission period signal
PROFIBUS, Enable Bus Driver
CC-Link, Transmission Data
7
8
CAN, Receive Data (CANopen/DeviceNet)
CC-Link, Received Data (channel 1)
9
CAN, Transmit Data (CANopen/DeviceNet)
10
11
CAN, Power Fail
12
13 COM-LED, STA, Cathode green LED
14 SYS-LED, RUN, Cathode green LED
15 COM-LED, ERR, Cathode red LED
16 SYS-LED, RDY, Cathode yellow LED
17 Ground
18 Power Supply (+3.3 V)
20 Do not use –required for isolation
21 Do not use –required for isolation
22 PROFIBUS Reference potential
23 PROFIBUS Control
CAN_H Bus line
24
25 PROFIBUS, Receive / Send Data-N
26 PROFIBUS, Receive / Send Data-P
CANopen, CAN Ground
DeviceNet, Reference potential
CC-Link, Data A
27
DeviceNet, CAN Low Signal
CC-Link, Data B
28 DeviceNet, Drain
CC-Link, Data Ground
29 PROFIBUS, Positive power supply
CANopen, CAN_L Bus line
DeviceNet, CAN High-Signal
CC-Link, Function Ground
30 DeviceNet +24V Power Supply
CC-Link, Shield
DP_RX
CC_RDE#
DP_TX
CC_SDGATON
DP_EN
CC_SD
CO_RX/DN_RX
CC_RD
CO_TX/DN_TX
STA2#
CAN_PF
ERR2#
STA#
RUN#
ERR#
RDY#
GND
+3V3
PIO
DP_ISOGND
DP_CNTR-P
CO_H
DP_RXD_TXD-N
DP_RXD_TXD-P
CO_DN_V-
CO_DN_V-
CC_DA
DN_CAN_L
CC_DB
CO_DRAIN
CC_DG
DP_VP
CO_L
DN_CAN_H
CC_FG
DN_V+
CC_SLD
Table 36: Pin assignment comX-interface X401
comX | Communication Modules for Real-Time-Ethernet and Fieldbus
DOC100903UM05EN | Revision 5 | English | 2015-12 | Released | Public © Hilscher, 2010-2015
Evaluation Board COMXEB 102/212
8.3.3.3
X501
COMX Interfaces X500/X501
Table 37: Pin assignment comX-interface X501
shows the pin assignment of the 50 pin interface X501
(3)
for connecting to comX-CN communication modules for Real-Time Ethernet.
6
7
8
2
3
4
5
Pin Signal
(Parallel mode)
1
Symbol
(Parallel mode)
Signal
(Serial mode)
Word Interface, active low DPM_SIRQ# reserved
Bus high enable, active low
Data line 15
Data line 14
Data line 13
DPM_BHE#
DPM_D15
DPM_D14
DPM_D13 reserved reserved reserved
SPM_SIRQ#–
9
Data line 12
Data line 11
Data line 10
Data line 9
10 Data line 8
11 Ground
Symbol
(Serial mode)
SPM_SIRQ#
DPM_D12
DPM_D11
DPM_D10
SPM_DIRQ#–
Clock
SPM_DIRQ#
SPM_CLK
Chip select, active low
SPM_CS#
Master Out Slave In SPM_MOSI DPM_D9
DPM_D8
GND
Master In Slave Out SPM_MISO
+3V3
UART1_TXD 13 Transmit Data,
Serial line
14 Receive Data, Serial line
15
SYNC0 & Request to Send,
Serial line
16 SYNC1 & Clear to Send,
Serial line
17 USB positive,
Diagnostic line
UART1_RXD
SYNC0/
UART1_RTS#
SYNC1/
UART1_CTS#
USB+
18 USB negative,
Diagnostic line
19 Receive Data,
Diagnostic line
20 Transmit Data,
Diagnostic line
21 Reset, active low
22 Busy, active low
23 During operation:
Interrupt, active low
COMX 10 at start-up:
Host mode selection
USB-
UART0_RXD
UART0_TXD
DPM_RESET#
DPM_BUSY#
DPM_DIRQ#
24 Read, active low
25 Write, active low
26 Chip select, active low
27 Address line 13
28 Address line 12
29 Address line 11
30 Address line 10
31 Address line 9
32 Address line 8
33 Address line 7
DPM_RD#
DPM_WR#
DPM_CS#
DPM_A13
DPM_A12
DPM_A11
DPM_A10
DPM_A9
DPM_A8
DPM_A7 comX | Communication Modules for Real-Time-Ethernet and Fieldbus
DOC100903UM05EN | Revision 5 | English | 2015-12 | Released | Public © Hilscher, 2010-2015
Evaluation Board COMXEB
34 Address line 6
35 Address line 5
36 Address line 4
37 Address line 3
38 Address line 2
39 Address line 1
40 Address line 0
41 Data line 7
42 Data line 6
43 Data line 5
44 Data line 4
45 Data line 3
46 Data line 2
47 Data line 1
48 Data line 0
49 Ground
DPM_A6
DPM_A5
DPM_A4
DPM_A3
DPM_A2
DPM_A1
DPM_A0
DPM_D7
DPM_D6
DPM_D5
DPM_D4
DPM_D3
DPM_D2
DPM_D1
DPM_D0
GND
+3V3
Table 37: Pin assignment comX-interface X501
103/212 comX | Communication Modules for Real-Time-Ethernet and Fieldbus
DOC100903UM05EN | Revision 5 | English | 2015-12 | Released | Public © Hilscher, 2010-2015
Evaluation Board COMXEB 104/212
X500
Table 38: Pin assignment comX-interface X500
shows the pin assignment of the 30 pin interface X500
(3)
for connecting to comX-CN communication modules for Real-Time Ethernet.
Pin Signal
1
Symbol
Link-LED Channel 0 Cathode green, active low CH0_LINK#
2 TX/RX-LED Channel 0 Cathode yellow, active low
CH0_TXRX#
3
4
5
6
7
Link-LED Channel 1 Cathode green, active low CH1_LINK#
TX/RX-LED Channel 1Cathode yellow, active low
CH1_TXRX#
Transmit Data Positive Channel 0
Transmit Data Negative Channel 0
Transmit Center Tap Channel 0
8 Ground
9 Receive Data Positive Channel 0
10 Receive Data Negative Channel 0
PHY0_TXP
PHY0_TXN
PHY0_TXCT
GND
PHY0_RXP
PHY0_RXN
11 Receive Center Tap Channel 0
12 Ground
13 Transmit Data Positive Channel 1
14 Transmit Data Negative Channel 1
15 Transmit Center Tap Channel 1
16 Ground
PHY0_RXCT
GND
PHY1_TXP
PHY1_TXN
PHY1_TXCT
GND
17 Receive Data Positive Channel 1
18 Receive Data Negative Channel 1
19 Receive Center Tap Channel 1
20 Ground
28 -
29 -
30 -
PHY1_RXP
PHY1_RXN
PHY1_RXCT
GND
21 Status-LED Channel 0 Cathode red, active low STA0_CR#
22 Status-LED Channel 0 Cathode green, active low
STA0_CG#
23 Status-LED Channel 1 Cathode red, active low STA1_CR#
24 Status-LED Channel 1 Cathode green, active low
STA1_CG#
RDY# 25 SYS-LED, RDY, Cathode yellow LED, active low
26 SYS-LED, RUN, Cathode green LED, active low
RUN#
PIO
Table 38: Pin assignment comX-interface X500
comX | Communication Modules for Real-Time-Ethernet and Fieldbus
DOC100903UM05EN | Revision 5 | English | 2015-12 | Released | Public © Hilscher, 2010-2015
Evaluation Board COMXEB 105/212
8.3.4.1
X402
8.3.4.2
X403
PROFIBUS-DP Interface X402
The following Table 39 explains the PROFIBUS-DP interface X402
(32)
(9-pin D-Sub, female) of the evaluation board COMXEB:
Pin Signal Description
Transmit /receive data-P or pin B at the male connector
5
6
DP_ISOGND
DP_VP
Data reference potential
Supply voltage +
Transmit /receive data-N or pin A at the male connector
Table 39: Pin assignment of the PROFIBUS-DP interface of COMXEB
CANopen Interface X403
The following Table 40 explains the CANopen interface X403
(28)
(9-pin D-
Sub, male) of the evaluation board COMXEB:
Pin Signal Description
2 CO_L CAN-Low-line
3 CO_DN_V- CAN reference potential
8.3.4.3
X404
Table 40: Pin assignment of the CANopen interface of COMXEB
DeviceNet Interface X404
The following Table 41 explains the DeviceNet interface X404
(29)
(5-pin
CombiCon male connector) of the evaluation board COMXEB:
Pin Signal Color Description
Data reference potential of
DeviceNet-power supply
3 CO_DRAIN Shield
5 DN_V+ Red +24 V DeviceNet power supply
Table 41: Pin assignment of the DeviceNet interface of COMXEB
comX | Communication Modules for Real-Time-Ethernet and Fieldbus
DOC100903UM05EN | Revision 5 | English | 2015-12 | Released | Public © Hilscher, 2010-2015
Evaluation Board COMXEB
8.3.4.4
X405
CC-Link Interface X405
106/212
The following Table 42 explains the CC-Link interface X405
(33)
(5-pin
CombiCon screw connector) of the evaluation board COMXEB:
Connection to
CombiCon male connector
Signal Description
1 CC_DA
2 CC_DB
3 CC_DG Data
4 CC_SLD Shield
5 CC_FG
Table 42: Pin assignment of the CC-Link interface X405 of the COMXEB
X502
The following Table 43 explains the Real-Time Ethernet interface X502
(21)
(RJ45) of the evaluation board COMXEB:
Pin Signal Description
1 TXP0 Transmit data +
2 TXN0
3 RXP0
4 TERM
5 TERM
6 RXN0
7 TERM
8 TERM
Transmit data –
Receive data +
Bob Smith termination
Receive data –
Bob Smith termination
Table 43: Pin assignment of Ethernet connector at channel 0 (channel 1 accordingly)
The Ethernet lines of the COMXEB provide Auto-Crossover -functionality. comX | Communication Modules for Real-Time-Ethernet and Fieldbus
DOC100903UM05EN | Revision 5 | English | 2015-12 | Released | Public © Hilscher, 2010-2015
Evaluation Board COMXEB 107/212
8.3.5.1
8.3.5.2
RS-232 Diagnostic Interface – DSub plug (X601)
The UART diagnostic interface X601
(19)
of the evaluation board COMXEB has been implemented as a DSub male connector (9-pin).
The following table explains the pin assignment of the connector:
Pin Name Description
2 RXD Receive data of comX comX
4 DTR Return-To-Send signal
5 GND Ground via 100 Ω resistor
Figure 40: Pin assignment of diagnostic interface connector X601
USB Diagnostic Interface - USB Mini-B connector (X611)
The diagnostic interface X611
(17)
of the evaluation board COMXEB is implemented as a USB socket of type Mini-B (5-pin).
USB Socket Pin
Signal
Description
Power supply of USB Bus (+5 V, external) 1 VBUS
2 D-
3 D+
4 ID
5 GND
N.c.
Ground
Figure 41: Pin assignment of Mini-B USB socket X611 (5-pin)
comX | Communication Modules for Real-Time-Ethernet and Fieldbus
DOC100903UM05EN | Revision 5 | English | 2015-12 | Released | Public © Hilscher, 2010-2015
Evaluation Board COMXEB 108/212
8.3.6.1 AIFX Interface (X409)
The COMXEB provides an additional 10-pin interface X409
(36)
for connecting to an AIFX plug-on interface only at \NIF modules such as the
COMX 100CN-DP\NIF, for example.
Note: This interface has to be configured according to the fieldbus system supported by the mounted comX Fieldbus module via the jumpers X406
(35)
and X407
(34)
. Also see Configuration of AIFX Interface - Jumpers
(X406 and X407)
on page 89.
X409 Pin Signal Description
Supply power +3.3V
(Output)
3 -
4 -
5 TX Transmit
7
EN_PB/
DN_PF
CANopen/
DeviceNet Power fail
CC-Link RDE Signal
(active low)
10 -
Table 44: Pin assignment of interface X409
Pin header X351
(10)
provides the synchronization signals SYNC0 and
SYNC1 depending on the used firmware for Real-time Ethernet (EtherCAT
Slave, PROFINET IO Device, and Sercos Master/Slave). These are located on lines of the netX which can also be used for UART1. However, UART1 is not supported by the standard firmware. comX | Communication Modules for Real-Time-Ethernet and Fieldbus
DOC100903UM05EN | Revision 5 | English | 2015-12 | Released | Public © Hilscher, 2010-2015
Evaluation Board COMXEB
Item
SYNC signal
Connector
Max. cable length
Pin Header X351
109/212
2
3
Pin Signal Description
1 UART1_TXD Transmit
UART1_RXD
SYNC0/
UART1_RTS#
UART 1 Receive
SYNC0 or UART 1 RTS
SYNC1 or UART 1 CTS 4 SYNC1/
UART1_CTS#
5 GND
6 +3V3
7 -
8 -
9 -
10 -
Ground
Supply power +3.3V (output)
Table 45: Pin assignment of pin header X351
Items on hardware
Explanation
3,3 V (LVTTL), maximum load 6 mA
SYNC- Connector, X351:
Pin header male, 10-pins, pitch spacing 2.54mm
Recommendation: Max. 50 mm
Note: Take EMC into consideration for the cable laying
Tabelle 1: SYNC connector: SYNC sgnal, connector, max. cable length
Protocol
EtherCAT Slave
Sercos Master
Sercos Slave
Items on firmware
The firmware determines the input signal or output signal. The following table shows the meaning of the SYNC signals for each protocol.
Signal IO_SYNC0
Input/Output
Signal IO_SYNC1
Input/Output
SYNC 1
Output
From
Firmware
Version
Remarks
- Configurable SYNC 0
Output
External trigger to start bus cycle
Input
Rising edge
CON_CLK
Output
DIV_CLK
Output
3.0.10.0 Configurable
Table 46: Meaning of the SYNC sgnals for each protocol
comX | Communication Modules for Real-Time-Ethernet and Fieldbus
DOC100903UM05EN | Revision 5 | English | 2015-12 | Released | Public © Hilscher, 2010-2015
Evaluation Board COMXEB 110/212
There are three groups of LEDs at the COMXEB:
Power-LEDs
Communication status LEDs
Ethernet Link/Activity–LEDs
The following Table 47: Power LEDs of COMXEB explains the power LEDs of COMXEB:
Denomination of LED
Type Description
P800
(15)
Single-LED green chip FT2232HQ is present, i.e. 5V available at USB interface X829
(16)
.
P900
(14)
Single-LED green evaluation board is operational, i.e. whether either
X932
(12)
or X930
(13)
is supplied with 24 V
Table 47: Power LEDs of COMXEB
8.4.2 Communication Status LEDs
While COMX-CA modules have own LEDs for displaying the communication status (and other information), the COMX-CN modules use
LEDs located on the COMXEB. These are the LEDs P400
(31)
, P401
(30)
,
P500
(27)
and P501
(26)
.
The following Table 48: Communication Status LEDs of COMXEB explains the communication status LEDs of COMXEB:
Description Denomination Type
P400
(31)
P401
(30)
Duo LED
( green/
red)
P500
(27)
P501
(26)
Duo LED
( green/
red)
Duo LED
( green/
red)
Indicates the communication status signals STA (Pin
#13) and ERR (Pin #15) of the COMX-CN Fieldbus module.
STA is displayed in green, ERR in red.
Indicates the communication status signals STA1_CG
(Pin #24) and STA1_CR (Pin #23) of channel1 of the
COMX-CN- RE module.
STA1_CG is displayed in green, STA1_CR in red.
Indicates the communication status signals STA0_CG
(Pin #22) and STA0_CR (Pin #21) of channel 0 of the
COMX-CN- RE module.
STA0_CG is displayed in green, STA0_CR in red.
Table 48: Communication Status LEDs of COMXEB
The LEDs P401 is only active if a COMX-CN Fieldbus module has been plugged into X400 (2) and X401 (2) . The meaning of the blinking codes of all supported Fieldbus systems is described in section 10.2”LEDs Fieldbus-
Systems
” on page 117. comX | Communication Modules for Real-Time-Ethernet and Fieldbus
DOC100903UM05EN | Revision 5 | English | 2015-12 | Released | Public © Hilscher, 2010-2015
Evaluation Board COMXEB 111/212
The LEDs P500 (27) and P501 (26) are only active if a COMX-CN Real-
Time Ethernet module has been plugged into X500 (3) and X501 (3) . The meaning of the blinking codes of all supported Real-Time Ethernet systems is described in section LEDs Real-Time Ethernet Systems on page 124.
These LEDs are only active if a COMX-CN-RE module has been plugged into the comX interfaces X500
(3)
und X501
(3)
. They are directly located at the RJ45 ( X502 ) of the corresponding Ethernet communication channel.
The following Table 49: Ethernet Link/Activity–LEDs explains the communication status LEDs of COMXEB:
Denomination Type Description
CH0_LINK
(25)
green
CH0_ACT
(24)
CH1_LINK
(23)
CH1_ACT
(22)
yellow
green
yellow
This LED displays the Ethernet link status of channel
0 of the Ethernet interface.
This LED displays the Ethernet activity status of channel 0 of the Ethernet interface.
This LED displays the Ethernet link status of channel
1 of the Ethernet interface.
This LED displays the Ethernet activity status of channel 1 of the Ethernet interface.
Table 49: Ethernet Link/Activity–LEDs
Meaning of the LED signals
Information on the LED signals can be found in section LEDs Real-Time
Ethernet Systems on page 124. Refer to the appropriate subsection for the currently used real-time Ethernet system
8.5 Accessories
Accessory
For the Evaluation Board COMXEB the following accessories are available:
Article number Description Purpose
NXPCA-PCI 7902.100
Ribbon cable
Allows access to the parallel dual-port memory from an external PC
For connecting the COMXEB with the NXPCA-PCI CAB-
NXPCA-PCI
4400.000
AIFX-DP 2800.400 For connecting the COMXEB via X409
AIFX-CO 2800.500
PROFIBUS interface
CANopen interface
For connecting the COMXEB via X409
AIFX-DN 2800.510
AIFX-CC 2800.730
DeviceNet interface
CC-Link interface
For connecting the COMXEB via X409
For connecting the COMXEB via X409
Table 50: Accessories for the Evaluation Board COMXEB
comX | Communication Modules for Real-Time-Ethernet and Fieldbus
DOC100903UM05EN | Revision 5 | English | 2015-12 | Released | Public © Hilscher, 2010-2015
Connection to the PC
9 Connection to the PC
112/212
9.1 Overview
The connection between PC and a COMX module can be accomplished in three different manners which are described in the following.
The following kinds of host connections are possible:
$ Parallel DPM
$ Serial SPM
$ SPM-USB
The following kinds of diagnostic connections between a PC and a COMX module are possible:
$
Serial connection via UART diagnostic interface X601
(19)
$ Via the USB diagnostic interface X611
(17)
In order to operate a comX module via a USB connection at a PC, proceed as follows:
1. Plug the comX module into the appropriate comX interface for that kind of module:
$ comX-CA into
(1)
$ comX-CN Fieldbus module into X400 / X401
(2)
$ comX-CN-RE module into X500 / X501
(3)
2. Connect the USB diagnostic interface X611
(17)
with a serial port of your PC via a USB cable.
3. Create other connections (such as Host, Fieldbus, Real-time
Ethernet connections) for your test, if necessary,
4. Supply the COMXEB with power. Use the power supply delivered with the device and connect it to socket X932
(12)
of the COMXEB.
5. Then switch on the PC.
Firmware update via USB connection
Section 12.1.2.2 „Set-up B2: Updating the Firmware with SYCON.net via
the USB Interface
“ on page 144 describes how to perform a firmware update via a USB connection. comX | Communication Modules for Real-Time-Ethernet and Fieldbus
DOC100903UM05EN | Revision 5 | English | 2015-12 | Released | Public © Hilscher, 2010-2015
Connection to the PC 113/212
The firmware must be capable of UART and be configured for the use of
UART, for instance with SYCON.net.
In order to operate a comX module via a serial connection at a PC, proceed as follows:
1. Plug the comX module into the appropriate comX interface for that kind of module:
$ comX-CA into
(1)
$ comX-CN Fieldbus module into X400 / X401
(2)
$ comX-CN-RE module into X500 / X501
(3)
2. Connect the UART diagnostic interface X601
(19)
with a serial port of your PC via a SubD cable (9 pin).
3. Create other connections (such as Host, Fieldbus, Real-time
Ethernet connections) for your test, if necessary,
4. Supply the COMXEB with power. Use the power supply delivered with the device and connect it to socket X932
(12)
of the COMXEB.
5. Then switch on the PC.
Firmware update via serial connection
Section 12.1.2.1 „Set-up B1: Updating the Firmware with SYCON.net via
the Serial Interface
“ on page 143 describes how to perform a firmware update via a serial connection. comX | Communication Modules for Real-Time-Ethernet and Fieldbus
DOC100903UM05EN | Revision 5 | English | 2015-12 | Released | Public © Hilscher, 2010-2015
Connection to the PC 114/212
9.3.1 Parallel dual-port memory interface (DPM)
A host connection via the parallel dual-port memory can be established using the NXPCA-PCI. In order to do so, mount the NXPCA-PCI within a free PCI slot of a PC and connected to the evaluation board COMXEB by the ribbon cable CAB- NXPCA-PCI as shown in Figure 42 below.
NXPCA-PCI
COMXEB
Figure 42: Connection COMXEB <=> NXPCA-PCI ( <=> Host) via parallel Dual-Port Memory
A connection from the host to the COMXEB via SPM can be accomplished either via the SPM over USB interface X829
(16)
or via pin header X709
(7)
. When using the SPM over USB interface X829
(16)
, a usual USB cable can be used for the connection comX | Communication Modules for Real-Time-Ethernet and Fieldbus
DOC100903UM05EN | Revision 5 | English | 2015-12 | Released | Public © Hilscher, 2010-2015
Connection to the PC 115/212
9.3.2 Serial dual-port memory interface (SPM)
The connection between the COMXEB and the host is accomplished via a cable connected to X709
(7)
according to the following Figure 43: Serial
host connection via X709
.
Figure 43: Serial host connection via X709
The connection of each signal is done exactly as depicted in Figure 39:
SPI-master-slave-connection
on page 95. comX | Communication Modules for Real-Time-Ethernet and Fieldbus
DOC100903UM05EN | Revision 5 | English | 2015-12 | Released | Public © Hilscher, 2010-2015
Connection to the PC 116/212
9.3.3 Serial dual-port memory interface over USB (SPM over USB)
Only for future applications
Using the SPM over USB-interface X829
(16)
a connection to a PC can be established via a usual USB cable (Type A / Type B), see Figure 44: Serial
host connection via the USB connector X829
below.
Figure 44: Serial host connection via the USB connector X829
comX | Communication Modules for Real-Time-Ethernet and Fieldbus
DOC100903UM05EN | Revision 5 | English | 2015-12 | Released | Public © Hilscher, 2010-2015
LEDs
10 LEDs
117/212
10.1 SYS-LED
LED
SYS
The following table describes the meaning of the system LED.
Color State
Duo LED yellow/green
Meaning
(green)
On Operating System running
(green/yellow)
Blinking green/yellow
Second Stage Boot loader is waiting for firmware
(yellow)
-
On
Off
Second Stage Boot loader missing; contact technical support
Power supply for the device is missing or hardware defect
Table 51: System LED
The SYS-LED is located at the left edge of the COMX 100CA-RE on the left hand side of the netX Processor and is denominated as „L1“ within the context of the preceding section.
At the COMX 100CN-RE there are no LEDs at the communication module itself but the LED signals are connected outside by connector X2.
10.2 LEDs Fieldbus-Systems
10.2.1 LED Names of individual Fieldbus Systems
LED
System
( (yellow)/ (green)) status SYS SYS SYS SYS
Communication status
LED
System Status
Name
SYS
COM CAN LRUN
(red / green)
(red / green)
(green)
LERR
(red)
MNS
(red / green)
Meaning
System
Communication Status
LRUN/LERR Run/Error
MNS Module Network Status comX | Communication Modules for Real-Time-Ethernet and Fieldbus
DOC100903UM05EN | Revision 5 | English | 2015-12 | Released | Public © Hilscher, 2010-2015
LEDs 118/212
10.2.2 LEDs PROFIBUS-DP Master
LED
COM
The subsequent table describes the meaning of the LEDs for the comX
PROFIBUS-DP Master communication modules (COMX 100CA-DP/ COMX
100CN-DP) when the firmware of the PROFIBUS DP Master protocol is loaded to the comX communication module.
Color State Meaning
Duo LED red/green
(green)
(green)
Flashing acyclic
Flashing cyclic
On
No configuration or stack error
PROFIBUS is configured, but bus communication is not yet released from the application
Communication to all Slaves is established
(green)
(red)
Flashing cyclic
On
Communication to at least one Slave is disconnected
(red)
Communication to one/all Slaves is disconnected
Table 52: LEDs PROFIBUS DP Master
LED
COM
The subsequent table describes the meaning of the LEDs for the comX
PROFIBUS-DP Slave communication modules (COMX CA-DP/ COMX CN-
DP) when the firmware of the PROFIBUS DP Slave protocol is loaded to the comX communication module.
Color State
Duo LED red/green
Meaning
(green)
On RUN, cyclic communication
(red)
On Wrong configuration at PROFIBUS DP slave.
(red)
Flashing cyclic STOP, no communication, connection error
(red)
Flashing acyclic not configured
Table 53: LEDs PROFIBUS DP Slave
comX | Communication Modules for Real-Time-Ethernet and Fieldbus
DOC100903UM05EN | Revision 5 | English | 2015-12 | Released | Public © Hilscher, 2010-2015
LEDs 119/212
LED
COM
10.2.5 LEDs CC-Link Slave
LED
L RUN
L ERR
The subsequent table describes the meaning of the LEDs for the comX CC-
Link Slave communication modules (COMX 100CA-CCS/ COMX 100CN-
CCS) when the firmware of the CC-Link Slave protocol is loaded to the comX communication module.
Color State Meaning
LED green
(off)
(green)
Off
On
1. Before participating in the network
2. Unable to detect carrier
3. Timeout
4. Resetting hardware
Receive both refresh and polling signals or just the refresh signal normally, after participating in the network.
LED red
(off)
(red)
(red)
Off
Blinking
On
1. Normal communication
2. Resetting hardware
The switch setting has been changed from the setting at the reset cancellation (blinks for 0.4 sec.).
1. CRC error
2. Address parameter error (0, 65 or greater is set including the number of occupied stations)
3. Baud rate switch setting error during cancellation of reset
(5 or greater)
Table 55: LEDs CC-Link Slave
The subsequent table describes the meaning of the LEDs for the comX communication module when the firmware of the PROFIBUS MPI protocol is loaded to the device.
Color State Meaning
Duo LED red/green
(green)
(green)
On
Blinking
(regularly)
5 Hz
Status
The device currently holds the PROFIBUS token and is able to transfer telegrams of data.
Status
The device is configured to be a part of the PROFIBUS ring, but it must share the PROFIBUS token with other
PROFIBUS-Master devices present on the PROFIBUS ring.
Status
Automatic baudrate detection is running
(green)
Blinking
(regularly)
0.5 Hz
On
(red)
(off)
Off
Error
Communication error at the PROFIBUS.
Status/Error
The device has not been integrated into the PROFIBUS ring, i.e. it has not been configured correctly or has a wrong configuration or has not received the PROFIBUS token.
Table 54: LEDs PROFIBUS MPI
comX | Communication Modules for Real-Time-Ethernet and Fieldbus
DOC100903UM05EN | Revision 5 | English | 2015-12 | Released | Public © Hilscher, 2010-2015
LEDs 120/212
10.2.6 LEDs CANopen Master
LED
CAN
The subsequent table describes the meaning of the LEDs for the comX
CANopen Master communication modules (COMX-CA-CO/ COMX-CN-
COM) when the firmware of the CANopen Master protocol is loaded to the comX communication module.
Color State Meaning
Duo LED red/green
Off
Single flash
The device is executing a reset
STOPPED: The Device is in STOPPED state
-
(green)
(green)
(green)
Blinking
On
PREOPERATIONAL: The Device is in the
PREOPERATIONAL state
OPERATIONAL: The Device is in the OPERATIONAL state
(red)
(red)
Single flash
Double flash
Warning Limit reached: At least one of the error counters of the CAN controller has reached or exceeded the warning level (too many error frames).
Error Control Event: A guard event (NMT Slave or NMTmaster) or a heartbeat event (Heartbeat consumer) has occurred.
Bus Off: The CAN controller is bus off
(red)
On
Table 56: LEDs CANopen Master
LED State Definition for CANopen Master for the CAN LED
Indicator state Definition
On The indicator is constantly on.
Off
Blinking
Single Flash
Double Flash
The indicator is constantly off.
The indicator turns on and off with a frequency of 2,5 Hz: on for
200 ms, followed by off for 200 ms.
The indicator shows one short flash (200 ms) followed by a long off phase (1,000 ms).
The indicator shows a sequence of two short flashes (each
200 ms), separated by a short off phase (200 ms). The sequence is finished by a long off phase (1,000 ms).
Table 57: LED State Definition for CANopen Master for the CAN LED
comX | Communication Modules for Real-Time-Ethernet and Fieldbus
DOC100903UM05EN | Revision 5 | English | 2015-12 | Released | Public © Hilscher, 2010-2015
LEDs 121/212
10.2.7 LEDs CANopen Slave
Color
The subsequent table describes the meaning of the LEDs for the comX
CANopen Slave communication modules (COMX-CA-CO/ COMX-CN-
COS) when the firmware of the CANopen Slave protocol is loaded to the comX communication module.
State Meaning LED
comX
CAN Duo LED red/green
(off)
Off
(green)
Single flash
(green)
Blinking
(green)
On
(red/green)
(red)
Flickering
(alternatively red / green)
Single flash
RESET: The device is executing a reset
STOPPED: The device is in STOPPED state
PREOPERATIONAL: The device is in the PREOPERATIONAL state
OPERATIONAL: The device is in the OPERATIONAL state
Auto Baud Rate Detection active: The Device is in the Auto Baud Rate
Detection mode
(red)
(red)
Double flash
On
Warning Limit reached: At least one of the error counters of the CAN controller has reached or exceeded the warning level (too many error frames).
Error Control Event: A guard event (NMT Slave or NMT-master) or a heartbeat event (Heartbeat consumer) has occurred.
Bus Off: The CAN controller is bus off
Table 58: LEDs CANopen Slave – 1 Communication Status LED (current Hardware
Revision)
Indicator state
On
Off
Flickering
Blinking
Single Flash
Double Flash
LED State Definition for CANopen Slave for the CAN LED
Definition
The indicator is constantly on.
The indicator is constantly off.
The indicator turns on and off with a frequency of 10 Hz: on for 50 ms, followed by off for 50 ms.
The indicator turns on and off with a frequency of 2,5 Hz: on for 200 ms, followed by off for 200 ms.
The indicator shows one short flash (200 ms) followed by a long off phase (1,000 ms).
The indicator shows a sequence of two short flashes (each 200 ms), separated by a short off phase (200 ms). The sequence is finished by a long off phase (1,000 ms).
Table 59: LED State Definition for CANopen Slave for the CAN LED
comX | Communication Modules for Real-Time-Ethernet and Fieldbus
DOC100903UM05EN | Revision 5 | English | 2015-12 | Released | Public © Hilscher, 2010-2015
LEDs 122/212
LED
MNS
Indicator state
On
Off
Flashing (1 Hz) green
Flashing (1 Hz) red
Color
The subsequent table describes the meaning of the LEDs for the fieldbus when the firmware of the DeviceNet Master protocol is loaded to the device.
State
Duo LED red/green
Meaning
(green)
On
Device Operational AND On-line, Connected
Device is online and has established all connections with all Slaves.
(green)
(green/red/off)
Flashing (1 Hz)
Device Operational AND On-line
Device is online and has established no connection in the established state.
- Configuration missing, incomplete or incorrect.
Flashing
Green/Red/Off
Selftest after power on:
Green on for 250 ms, then red on for 250 ms, then off.
(red)
(red)
(off)
Flashing (1 Hz) Minor Fault and/or Connection Time-Out
Device is online and has established one or more connections in the established state. It has data exchange with at least one of the configured Slaves.
Minor or recoverable fault: No data exchange with one of the configured Slaves. One or more Slaves are not connected.
Connection timeout
On
Off
Critical Fault orCritical Link Failure
Critical connection failure; device has detected a network error: duplicate MAC-ID or severe error in CAN network (CAN-bus off).
Device is not powered
- The device may not be powered.
Device is not on-line and/or No Network Power
- The device has not completed the Dup_MAC_ID test yet.
- The device is powered, but the network power is missing.
Table 60: LEDs DeviceNet Master
LED State Definition for DeviceNet Master for the MNS LED
Definition
The indicator is constantly on.
The indicator is constantly off.
The indicator turns on and off with a frequency of appr. 1 Hz: on for appr. 500 ms, followed by off for appr. 500 ms.
The indicator turns on and off with a frequency of appr. 1 Hz: on for appr. 500 ms, followed by off for appr. 500 ms.
Table 61: LED State Definition for DeviceNet Master for the MNS LED
comX | Communication Modules for Real-Time-Ethernet and Fieldbus
DOC100903UM05EN | Revision 5 | English | 2015-12 | Released | Public © Hilscher, 2010-2015
LEDs 123/212
LED
MNS
Indicator state
On
Off
Flashing (1 Hz) green
Flashing (1 Hz) red
Color
The subsequent table describes the meaning of the LEDs for the fieldbus when the firmware of the DeviceNet Slave protocol is loaded to the device.
State
Duo LED red/green
Meaning
(green)
On
Device Operational AND On-line, Connected
Device is online and has established all connections with all Slaves.
(green)
(green/red/off)
Flashing (1 Hz)
Device Operational AND On-line
Device is online and has established no connection in the established state.
- Configuration missing, incomplete or incorrect.
Flashing
Green/Red/Off
Selftest after power on:
Green on for 250 ms, then red on for 250 ms, then off.
(red)
(red)
(off)
Flashing (1 Hz) Minor Fault and/or Connection Time-Out
Device is online and has established one or more connections in the established state. It has data exchange with at least one of the configured Slaves.
Minor or recoverable fault: No data exchange with one of the configured Slaves. One or more Slaves are not connected.
Connection timeout
On
Off
Critical Fault orCritical Link Failure
Critical connection failure; device has detected a network error: duplicate MAC-ID or severe error in CAN network (CAN-bus off).
Device is not powered
- The device may not be powered.
Device is not on-line and/or No Network Power
- The device has not completed the Dup_MAC_ID test yet.
- The device is powered, but the network power is missing.
Table 62: LEDs DeviceNet Slave
LED State Definition for DeviceNet Slave for the MNS LED
Definition
The indicator is constantly on.
The indicator is constantly off.
The indicator turns on and off with a frequency of appr. 1 Hz: on for appr. 500 ms, followed by off for appr. 500 ms.
The indicator turns on and off with a frequency of appr. 1 Hz: on for appr. 500 ms, followed by off for appr. 500 ms.
Table 63: LED State Definition for DeviceNet Slave for the MNS LED
comX | Communication Modules for Real-Time-Ethernet and Fieldbus
DOC100903UM05EN | Revision 5 | English | 2015-12 | Released | Public © Hilscher, 2010-2015
LEDs 124/212
10.3 LEDs Real-Time Ethernet Systems
10.3.1 LED Names of individual Real-Time Ethernet Systems
Note: Depending on the loaded COMX 100CA-RE/COMX 100CN-RE firmware the LEDs of the COMX 100CA-RE/COMX 100CN-RE communication modules are configured as follows.
Color of LED
(red/ green Duo-
LED)
(green)
(red)
(red/ green Duo-
LED)
(green)
(red)
(Ethernet
Connectors)
(green)
(yellow)
(Ethernet
Connectors)
(green)
(yellow)
RUN RUN MS BS RUN - STA S3 RUN
ERR ERR NS BE ERR BF ERR - ERR
LINK
-
L/A
IN
L/A
OUT
LINK L/A LINK LINK L/A L/A LINK
LINK L/A LINK LINK L/A L/A LINK
LED
Communication Status
RJ45
Name
RUN
MS
NS
BS
BE
ERR
STA
SF
BF
S3
LINK, L
ACT, A
L/A
L/A IN
L/A OUT
Meaning
Run
Error
Status
System Error
Bus Error
Module Status
Network Status
Bus Status
Bus Error
Sercos Status/Error
Link
Activity
Link/Activity
Link/Activity Input
Link/Activity Output
Table 64: LED Names of individual Real-Time Ethernet Systems
comX | Communication Modules for Real-Time-Ethernet and Fieldbus
DOC100903UM05EN | Revision 5 | English | 2015-12 | Released | Public © Hilscher, 2010-2015
LEDs 125/212
LED
RUN
Name in the device drawing:
COM 0
ERR
Name in the device drawing:
COM 1
The subsequent table describes the meaning of the LEDs for the comX
Real-Time Ethernet communication modules (COMX 100CA-RE/ COMX
100CN-RE) when the firmware of the EtherCAT Master protocol is loaded to the comX communication module.
Color State Meaning
Duo LED red/green
(off)
Off
INIT: The device is in state INIT
PRE-OPERATIONAL: The device is in PRE-
OPERATIONAL state
BOOT: Device is in BOOT state
(green)
Blinking
(green)
Flickering
(green)
Single Flash
(green)
On
Duo LED red/green
(off)
Off
(red)
On
SAFE-OPERATIONAL: The device is in SAFE-
OPERATIONAL state
OPERATIONAL: The device is in OPERATIONAL state
Master has no errors
Master has detected a communication error. The error is indicated in the DPM
LINK/
RJ45
Ch0
ACT/
RJ45
Ch0
LED green
(green)
On A link is established
(off)
LED yellow
(yellow)
Flashing The device sends/receives Ethernet frames
Table 65: LEDs EtherCAT Master
LED State Definition for EtherCAT Master for the RUN and ERR LEDs
Indicator state Definition
On
Off
Blinking
Flickering
Single Flash
Double Flash
The indicator is constantly on.
The indicator is constantly off.
The indicator turns on and off with a frequency of 2,5 Hz: on for
200 ms, followed by off for 200 ms.
The indicator turns on and off with a frequency of approximately
10 Hz: on for approximately 50 ms, followed by off for 50 ms.
The indicator shows one short flash (200 ms) followed by a long off phase (1,000 ms).
The indicator shows a sequence of two short flashes (each
200 ms), separated by a short off phase (200 ms). The sequence is finished by a long off phase (1,000 ms).
Table 66: LED State Definition for EtherCAT Master for the RUN and ERR LEDs
comX | Communication Modules for Real-Time-Ethernet and Fieldbus
DOC100903UM05EN | Revision 5 | English | 2015-12 | Released | Public © Hilscher, 2010-2015
LEDs 126/212
L/A IN/
RJ45
Ch0
L/A
OUT/
RJ45
Ch1
RJ45
Ch0
RJ45
Ch1
LED
RUN
Name in the device drawing:
COM 0
ERR
Name in the device drawing:
COM 1
The subsequent table describes the meaning of the LEDs for the comX
Real-Time Ethernet communication modules (COMX 100CA-RE/ COMX
100CN-RE) when the firmware of the EtherCAT Slave protocol is loaded to the comX communication module.
Color State Meaning
Duo LED red/green
(off)
Off
INIT: The device is in state INIT
(green)
(green)
Blinking
Single Flash
PRE-OPERATIONAL: The device is in state PRE-
OPERATIONAL
SAFE-OPERATIONAL: The device is in state SAFE-
OPERATIONAL
OPERATIONAL: The device is in state OPERATIONAL
(green)
(green)
On
Duo LED red/green
(off)
(red)
(red)
(red)
Off
Blinking
No error: The EtherCAT communication of the device is in working condition
Invalid Configuration: General Configuration Error
Possible reason: State change commanded by master is impossible due to register or object settings.
Single Flash
Local Error: Slave device application has changed the
EtherCAT state autonomously.
Possible reason 1: A host watchdog timeout has occurred.
Possible reason 2: Synchronization Error, device enters
Safe-Operational automatically.
Double Flash Application Watchdog Timeout: An application watchdog timeout has occurred.
Possible reason: Sync Manager Watchdog timeout.
LED green
On A link is established
(green)
Flashing The device sends/receives Ethernet frames
(off)
LED yellow
(yellow)
- -
Table 67: LEDs EtherCAT Slave
comX | Communication Modules for Real-Time-Ethernet and Fieldbus
DOC100903UM05EN | Revision 5 | English | 2015-12 | Released | Public © Hilscher, 2010-2015
LEDs 127/212
LED State Definition for EtherCAT Slave for the RUN and ERR LEDs
Indicator state Definition
On
Off
Blinking
Single Flash
Double Flash
The indicator is constantly on.
The indicator is constantly off.
The indicator turns on and off with a frequency of 2,5 Hz: on for
200 ms, followed by off for 200 ms.
The indicator shows one short flash (200 ms) followed by a long off phase (1,000 ms).
The indicator shows a sequence of two short flashes (each
200 ms), separated by a short off phase (200 ms). The sequence is finished by a long off phase (1,000 ms).
Table 68: LED State Definition for EtherCAT Slave for the RUN and ERR LEDs
comX | Communication Modules for Real-Time-Ethernet and Fieldbus
DOC100903UM05EN | Revision 5 | English | 2015-12 | Released | Public © Hilscher, 2010-2015
LEDs 128/212
10.3.4 LEDs EtherNet/IP-Scanner (Master)
LED
MS
Name in the device drawing:
COM 0
The subsequent table describes the meaning of the LEDs for the comX
Real-Time Ethernet communication modules (COMX-CA-RE/ COMX-CN-
RE) when the firmware of the EtherNet/IP Scanner (Master) protocol is loaded to the comX communication module.
Color State Meaning
Duo LED red/green
(green)
On
Device operational: If the device is operating correctly, the module status indicator shall be steady green.
(green)
Flashing Standby: If the device has not been configured, the module status indicator shall be flashing green.
(red)
On Major fault: If the device has detected a non-recoverable major fault, the module status indicator shall be steady red.
(red)
(red/green)
Flashing Minor fault: If the device has detected a recoverable minor fault, the module status indicator shall be flashing red. NOTE:
An incorrect or inconsistent configuration would be considered a minor fault.
Flashing Self-test: While the device is performing its power up testing, the module status indicator shall be flashing green/red.
NS
Name in the device drawing:
COM 1
status indicator shall be steady off.
Duo LED red/green
(green)
(green)
(red)
(red)
(red/green)
On
Connected: If the device has at least one established connection (even to the Message Router), the network status indicator shall be steady green.
Flashing No connections: If the device has no established connections, but has obtained an IP address, the network status indicator shall be flashing green.
On Duplicate IP: If the device has detected that its IP address is already in use, the network status indicator shall be steady red.
Flashing Connection timeout: If one or more of the connections in which this device is the target has timed out, the network status indicator shall be flashing red. This shall be left only if all timed out connections are reestablished or if the device is reset.
Flashing Self-test: While the device is performing its power up testing, the network status indicator shall be flashing green/red.
IP address (or is powered off), the network status indicator shall be steady off.
LINK/RJ45
Ch0 & Ch1
LED green
(green)
-
LED yellow
On
Off
A connection to the Ethernet exists
The device has no connection to the Ethernet
ACT/RJ45
Ch0 & Ch1
(yellow)
Flashing The device sends/receives Ethernet frames
Table 69: LEDs EtherNet/IP Scanner (Master)
comX | Communication Modules for Real-Time-Ethernet and Fieldbus
DOC100903UM05EN | Revision 5 | English | 2015-12 | Released | Public © Hilscher, 2010-2015
LEDs 129/212
10.3.5 LEDs EtherNet/IP-Adapter (Slave)
LED
MS
Name in the device drawing:
COM 0
The subsequent table describes the meaning of the LEDs for the comX
Real-Time Ethernet communication modules (COMX-CA-RE/ COMX-CN-
RE) when the firmware of the EtherNet/IP Adapter (Slave) protocol is loaded to the comX communication module.
Color State Meaning
Duo LED red/green
(green)
(green)
(red)
(red)
(red/green)
On
Device operational: If the device is operating correctly, the module status indicator shall be steady green.
Flashing
Standby: If the device has not been configured, the module status indicator shall be flashing green.
On Major fault: If the device has detected a non-recoverable major fault, the module status indicator shall be steady red.
Flashing Minor fault: If the device has detected a recoverable minor fault, the module status indicator shall be flashing red. NOTE:
An incorrect or inconsistent configuration would be considered a minor fault.
Flashing Self-test: While the device is performing its power up testing, the module status indicator shall be flashing green/red.
NS
Name in the device drawing:
COM 1
LINK/RJ45
Ch0 & Ch1
ACT/RJ45
Ch0 & Ch1
(red) status indicator shall be steady off.
Duo LED red/green
(green)
(green)
(red)
On Connected: If the device has at least one established connection (even to the Message Router), the network status indicator shall be steady green.
Flashing
No connections: If the device has no established connections, but has obtained an IP address, the network status indicator shall be flashing green.
On Duplicate IP: If the device has detected that its IP address is already in use, the network status indicator shall be steady red.
Flashing Connection timeout: If one or more of the connections in which this device is the target has timed out, the network status indicator shall be flashing red. This shall be left only if all timed out connections are reestablished or if the device is reset.
(red/green)
Flashing
Self-test: While the device is performing its power up testing, the network status indicator shall be flashing green/red.
Not powered, no IP address: If the device does not have an
IP address (or is powered off), the network status indicator shall be steady off.
LED green
On A connection to the Ethernet exists
(green)
-
LED yellow
Off The device has no connection to the Ethernet
Flashing The device sends/receives Ethernet frames
(yellow)
Table 70: LEDs EtherNet/IP Adapter (Slave)
comX | Communication Modules for Real-Time-Ethernet and Fieldbus
DOC100903UM05EN | Revision 5 | English | 2015-12 | Released | Public © Hilscher, 2010-2015
LEDs 130/212
10.3.6 LEDs Open Modbus/TCP
LED
RUN
Name in the device drawing:
COM 0
ERR
Name in the device drawing:
COM 1
LINK/RJ
45 Ch0
& Ch1
ACT/RJ
45 Ch0
& Ch1
The subsequent table describes the meaning of the LEDs for the comX
Real-Time Ethernet communication modules (COMX 100CA-RE/ COMX
100CN-RE) when the firmware of the Open Modbus/TCP protocol is loaded to the comX communication module.
Color State Meaning
Duo LED red/green
(off)
(green)
(green)
(green)
Off
Flashing cyclic with 1Hz
Flashing cyclic with 5Hz
On
Not Ready
OMB task is not ready
Ready, not configured yet
OMB task is ready and not configured yet
Waiting for Communication:
OMB task is configured
Connected:
OMB task has communication – at least one TCP connection is established
Duo LED red/green
(off)
Off No communication error
(red)
(red)
Flashing cyclic with 2Hz
(On/Off Ratio =
25 %)
System error
On Communication error active
LED green
(green)
(yellow)
On
(off)
LED yellow
Off
Flashing
A connection to the Ethernet exists
The device has no connection to the Ethernet
The device sends/receives Ethernet frames
Table 71: LEDs Open Modbus/TCP
comX | Communication Modules for Real-Time-Ethernet and Fieldbus
DOC100903UM05EN | Revision 5 | English | 2015-12 | Released | Public © Hilscher, 2010-2015
LEDs 131/212
10.3.7 LEDs POWERLINK Controlled Node/Slave
LED
BS
Name in the device drawing:
COM
The subsequent table describes the meaning of the LEDs for the comX
Real-Time Ethernet communication modules (COMX 100CA-RE/ COMX
100CN-RE) when the firmware of the Powerlink Controlled Node/Slave protocol is loaded to the comX communication module.
Color State Meaning
Duo LED red/green
0
BE
Name in the device drawing:
COM 1
L/A/
RJ45
Ch0 & Ch1
(off)
(green)
Flickering
Single
Flash
Slave is in Basic Ethernet state
Slave is in Pre-Operational 1
Double
Flash
Slave is in Pre-Operational 2
Triple Flash Slave is in ReadyToOperate
On Slave is Operational
Slave is Stopped Blinking
Duo LED red/green
(off)
Off
(red)
On
Slave has no error
Slave has detected an error
Link: A connection to the Ethernet exists
RJ45
Ch0 & Ch1
LED green
(green)
On
(green)
Flashing
(off)
Off
LED yellow
-
Activity: The device sends/receives Ethernet frames
The device has no connection to the Ethernet
This LED is not used.
Table 72: LEDs Powerlink Controlled Node/Slave
LED State Definition for Powerlink Controlled Node/Slave for the
BS/BE LEDs
Indicator state
Definition
On
Off
The indicator is constantly on.
The indicator is constantly off.
Blinking
Flickering
Single Flash
Double Flash
Triple Flash
The indicator turns on and off with a frequency of approximately
2,5 Hz: on for approximately 200 ms, followed by off for 200 ms. Red and green LEDs shall be on alternately.
The indicator turns on and off with a frequency of approximately
10 Hz: on for approximately 50 ms, followed by off for 50 ms. Red and green LEDs shall be on alternately.
The indicator shows one short flash (approximately 200 ms) followed by a long off phase (approximately 1,000 ms).
The indicator shows a sequence of two short flashes (each approximately 200 ms), separated by a short off phase (approximately
200 ms). The sequence is finished by a long off phase (approximately
1,000 ms).
The indicator shows a sequence of three short flashes (each comX | Communication Modules for Real-Time-Ethernet and Fieldbus
DOC100903UM05EN | Revision 5 | English | 2015-12 | Released | Public © Hilscher, 2010-2015
LEDs 132/212 approximately 200 ms), separated by a short off phase (approximately
200 ms). The sequence is finished by a long off phase (approximately
1,000 ms).
Table 73: LED State Definition for Powerlink Controlled Node/Slave for the BS/BE LEDs
10.3.8 LEDs PROFINET IO-RT-Controller
LED
SF
Name in the device drawing:
COM 0
The subsequent table describes the meaning of the LEDs for the comX
Real-Time Ethernet communication modules (COMX 100CA-RE/ COMX
100CN-RE) when the firmware of the PROFINET IO-RT Controller protocol is loaded to the comX communication module.
Color State Meaning
Duo LED red/green
(red)
On
(red)
Flashing cyclic at 2 Hz
(
together with BF „red ON“)
No valid Master license
System error: Invalid configuration, Watchdog error or internal error
BF
Name in the device drawing:
COM 1
(off)
Duo LED red/green
(red)
(red)
On
Flashing cyclic at 2 Hz
No Connection: No Link.
or (
together with SF „red ON“)
No valid Master license
Configuration fault: not all configured IO-Devices are connected.
LINK/RJ45
Ch0 & Ch1
(off)
LED green
(green)
On
(off)
LED yellow
Off
A connection to the Ethernet exists
The device has no connection to the Ethernet
RX/TX/RJ45
Ch0 & Ch1
(yellow)
Flashing The device sends/receives Ethernet frames
Table 74: LEDs PROFINET IO-RT Controller
comX | Communication Modules for Real-Time-Ethernet and Fieldbus
DOC100903UM05EN | Revision 5 | English | 2015-12 | Released | Public © Hilscher, 2010-2015
LEDs 133/212
10.3.9 LEDs PROFINET IO-RT-IRT-Device
LED
SF
Name in the device drawing:
COM 0
The subsequent table describes the meaning of the LEDs for the comX
Real-Time Ethernet communication modules (COMX-CA-RE/ COMX-CN-
RE) when the firmware of the PROFINET IO-RT-Device protocol is loaded to the comX communication module.
Color State Meaning
Duo LED red/green
(red)
(red)
On
Flashing cyclic at 2 Hz
(for 3 sec.)
Watchdog timeout; channel, generic or extended diagnosis present; system error
DCP signal service is initiated via the bus
BF
Name in the device drawing:
COM 1
(off)
Duo LED red/green
(red)
(red)
On
Flashing cyclic at 2 Hz
No configuration; or low speed physical link; or no physical link
No data exchange
LINK/RJ45
Ch0 & Ch1
(off)
LED green
(green)
On
(off)
Off
LED yellow
A connection to the Ethernet exists
The device has no connection to the Ethernet
RX/TX/RJ45
Ch0 & Ch1
(yellow)
Flashing The device sends/receives Ethernet frames
Table 75: LEDs PROFINET IO-RT-Device
comX | Communication Modules for Real-Time-Ethernet and Fieldbus
DOC100903UM05EN | Revision 5 | English | 2015-12 | Released | Public © Hilscher, 2010-2015
LEDs 134/212
10.3.10 LEDs Sercos-Master
LED
STA
Name in the device drawing:
COM 0
ERR
Name in the device drawing:
COM 1
The subsequent table describes the meaning of the LEDs for the comX
Real-Time Ethernet communication modules (COMX-CA-RE/ COMX-CN-
RE) when the firmware of the Sercos Master protocol is loaded to the comX communication module.
Color State Meaning
Duo LED red/green
(green)
Blinking
CP0: Communication phase 0
Master isn't configured and is in NRT. After a status change this isn't indicated again
CP1: Communication phase 1
(green)
Flickering
(green)
Single Flash
(green)
Double Flash
(green)
(red)
Triple Flash
(green)
(red)
On
(off)
Off
Duo LED red/green
Blinking
Flickering
(red)
(red)
Single
Flickering
Quadruple
Flash
CP2: Communication phase 2
CP3: Communication phase 3
CP4: Communication phase 4
NRT: Non Real-time Mode
Error in the configuration database.
Boot-up was stopped due to an error.
Channel Init was executed at the Master.
No Master license present in the device
(red)
Triple Flash DPM Watchdog has expired.
Internal Stop of the bus cycle
(red)
Double Flash
(red)
Single Flash Bus Sync Error Threshold
L/A/RJ45
Ch0 & Ch1
RJ45
Ch0 & Ch1
(off)
LED green
(green)
On
(green)
Flashing
(off)
Off
LED yellow
-
Table 76: LEDs Sercos Master
Link: A connection to the Ethernet exists
Activity: The device sends/receives Ethernet frames
The device has no connection to the Ethernet
This LED is not used. comX | Communication Modules for Real-Time-Ethernet and Fieldbus
DOC100903UM05EN | Revision 5 | English | 2015-12 | Released | Public © Hilscher, 2010-2015
LEDs 135/212
LED State Definition for Sercos Master for the STA and ERR LEDs
Indicator state Definition
Off
Blinking
Single Flickering
Flickering
Single Flash
Double Flash
Triple Flash
Quadruple Flash
The indicator is constantly off.
The indicator turns on and off with a frequency of 2,5 Hz: on for
200 ms, followed by off for 200 ms.
The indicator turns on and off with a frequency of approximately 10 Hz: on for approximately 50 ms, followed by off for 50 ms.
The indicator turns on and off once: on for approximately 50 ms, followed by off for 50 ms.
The indicator shows one short flash (200 ms) followed by a long off phase (1,000 ms).
The indicator shows a sequence of two short flashes (each
200 ms), separated by a short off phase (200 ms). The sequence is finished by a long off phase (1,000 ms).
The indicator shows a sequence of three short flashes (each
200 ms), separated by a short off phase (200 ms). The sequence is finished by a long off phase (1,000 ms).
The indicator shows a sequence of four short flashes (each
200 ms), separated by a short off phase (200 ms). The sequence is finished by a long off phase (1,000 ms).
Table 77: LED State Definition for Sercos Master for the STA and ERR LEDs
comX | Communication Modules for Real-Time-Ethernet and Fieldbus
DOC100903UM05EN | Revision 5 | English | 2015-12 | Released | Public © Hilscher, 2010-2015
LEDs 136/212
10.3.11 LEDs Sercos-Slave
LED
S3
Name in the device drawing:
COM 0
Name in the device drawing:
COM 1
L/A/RJ45
Ch0 & Ch1
The subsequent table describes the meaning of the LEDs for the comX
Real-Time Ethernet communication modules (COMX-CA-RE/ COMX-CN-
RE) when the firmware of the sercos Slave protocol is loaded to the comX communication module.
Color State Meaning
Duo LED red/green/orange (orange = red/green simultaneously)
(off)
Off
NRT-Mode: No sercos Communication
(green)
(green)
(green/ orange)
(orange/ green)
(orange)
On CP4: Communication phase 4, Normal operation, no error
Flashing (4 Hz) Loopback: The network state has changed from „fastforward“ to „loopback“.
Flashing
(1 x green / 3 s)
Flashing
(2 x green / 3 s)
CP1: Communication phase 1: Flashing green for 250 ms, then orange on for 2 second and 750 ms
CP2: Communication phase 2: Flashing green / orange / green, each for 250 ms, then orange on for 2 seconds and 250 ms
Flashing
(3 x green / 3 s)
Flashing (4 Hz) HP0: Hot-plug mode (not yet implemented): Flashing orange permanently
Flashing (1 x orange / 3 s)
HP2: Hot-plug mode (not yet implemented): Flashing orange for 250 ms, then green on for 2 seconds an 750 ms
Flashing (2 x orange / 3 s)
CP3: Communication phase 3: Flashing green / orange / green / orange / green, each for 250 ms, then orange on for 1 second and 750 ms
HP3: Hot-plug mode (not yet implemented): Flashing orange / green / orange, each for 250 ms, then green on for 2 seconds and 250 ms
On CP0: Communication phase 0
(orange)
(green/ red)
(red
/orange)
Flashing (2 Hz) Identification: Corresponds to C-DEV.Bit 15 in the
Slave’s Device Control indicating remote address allocation or configuration errors between Master and
Slaves (for details refer to sercos Slave V3 Protocol API
Manual).
Flashing (2 Hz),
The LED flashes at least for
2 seconds from green to red.
MST losses ≥
(S-0-1003/2): Depends on IDN S-0-1003
(for details refer to sercos Slave Protocol API manual).
Corresponds to S-DEV.Bit 15 in the Device Status indicating a communication warning (Master SYNC telegrams have not been received)
Flashing (2 Hz) Application error (C1D): See GDP & FSP Status codes class error. See sercos Slave V3 Protocol API Manual.
(red)
(red)
Flashing (2 Hz)
On
Watchdog error: Application is not running (not yet implemented)
Communication Error (C1D): Error detected according to sercos Class 1 Diagnosis, see SCP Status codes class error. See sercos Slave V3 Protocol API Manual.
Duo LED red/green
- - This LED is not used.
LED green
(green)
On Link: A connection to the Ethernet exists comX | Communication Modules for Real-Time-Ethernet and Fieldbus
DOC100903UM05EN | Revision 5 | English | 2015-12 | Released | Public © Hilscher, 2010-2015
LEDs
RJ45
Ch0 & Ch1
(green)
Flickering
(off)
Off
LED yellow
- -
Table 78: LEDs sercos Slave
137/212
Activity: The device sends/receives Ethernet frames
The device has no connection to the Ethernet
This LED is not used.
LED State Definition for sercos Slave for the S3 LED
Indicator state Definition
On
Off
Flashing (2 Hz)
Flashing (4 Hz)
Flickering
The indicator is constantly on.
The indicator is constantly off.
The indicator turns on and off with a frequency of 2 Hz: first color for appr. 250 ms, followed by the second color for appr. 250 ms.
The indicator turns on and off with a frequency of 4 Hz: first color for appr. 125 ms, followed by the second color for appr. 125 ms.
The indicator turns on and off with a frequency of approximately
10 Hz: on for approximately 50 ms, followed by off for 50 ms.
Table 79: LED State Definition for sercos Slave for the S3 LED
comX | Communication Modules for Real-Time-Ethernet and Fieldbus
DOC100903UM05EN | Revision 5 | English | 2015-12 | Released | Public © Hilscher, 2010-2015
LEDs 138/212
10.3.12 LEDs VARAN Client
LED
RUN
Name in the device drawing:
COM 0
ERR
Name in the device drawing:
COM 1
Color
The subsequent table describes the meaning of the LEDs for the comX communication module when the firmware of the VARAN Client protocol is loaded into the device.
State
Duo LED red/green
Meaning
(off)
(green)
Blinking Configured and communication is inactive.
(green)
On Configured and communication is active.
Duo LED red/green
(off)
Off Configured.
(red)
(red)
LINK
RJ45
Ch0 & Ch1
ACT
RJ45
Ch0 & Ch1
Indicator state
On
Off
Blinking
LED green
(green)
(yellow)
On
(off)
LED yellow
Off
Flashing
A connection to the Ethernet exists
The device has no connection to the Ethernet
The device sends/receives Ethernet frames
Table 80: LEDs VARAN Client
LED State Definition for VARAN Client for the RUN and ERR LEDs
Definition
The indicator is constantly on.
The indicator is constantly off.
The indicator turns on and off with a frequency of 5 Hz: on for 100 ms, followed by off for
100 ms.
Table 81: LED State Definition for VARAN Client for the RUN and ERR LEDs
comX | Communication Modules for Real-Time-Ethernet and Fieldbus
DOC100903UM05EN | Revision 5 | English | 2015-12 | Released | Public © Hilscher, 2010-2015
Troubleshooting 139/212
11 Troubleshooting
In case of any error, please follow the hints given here in order to solve the problem:
General
!
Check, whether the requirements for comX communication module operation are fulfilled:
Important: In any case, update older versions of the cifX Device Driver to the current version, see
Table 2: Reference to Software
.
.
Further information on this topic you can find in section “Prerequisites
for the Operation of the comX Communication
Modules” on page 33.
SYS-LED
!
Check the status of the SYS LED. A solid green SYS LED indicates that the firmware of the comX communication module is operational.
LINK-LED
!
Check using the LINK LED status, whether a connection to the Ethernet has been established successfully. Depending on the environment of the comX communication module proceed as follows:
• If the comX communication module is mounted in its target environment:
Check signals LINK0 at pin 1 for channel 0 and LINK1 at pin 3 for channel 1, respectively.
Mounting
!
Check that the comX communication module is mounted correctly in the socket.
Configuration
!
Check the configuration in the master and the slave device. The configuration has to match. comX | Communication Modules for Real-Time-Ethernet and Fieldbus
DOC100903UM05EN | Revision 5 | English | 2015-12 | Released | Public © Hilscher, 2010-2015
Updating the Firmware
12 Updating the Firmware
140/212
12.1 Possibilities of Firmware Update
This section introduces the various possibilities of firmware update for the
COMX-C communication modules and explains, when which possibility should be considered.
During the construction of the device it must be taken into account, that at least one of the two diagnostic interfaces which are suited for firmware update must be accessible, i.e. connected to the outside.
This not only enables an easy way for the firmware update, but also provides extensive diagnosis possibilities via the configuration software
SYCON.net (see sections „Diagnosis“ and „Extended Diagnosis“ of the
SYCON.net DTM manuals) being a sophisticated and powerful diagnostic tool or alternatively via the cifX test application as a lean and compact diagnostic tool which is easy to use.
If neither the serial nor the USB interface is connected to the outside of the device, a firmware update can only be performed by removing the comX communication module from the device and connecting it to a PC using an evaluation board (COMXEB, Hilscher part number 1530.000)
12.1.1 Update the comX-Firmware in built-in State(Embedded System)
For firmware update in built-in state (i.e. as embedded system, the following two solutions are available: comX | Communication Modules for Real-Time-Ethernet and Fieldbus
DOC100903UM05EN | Revision 5 | English | 2015-12 | Released | Public © Hilscher, 2010-2015
Updating the Firmware 141/212
12.1.1.1 Set-up A1: Updating the Firmware with SYCON.net via the USB-
Interface
This set-up is used for updating the firmware of an embedded system via the USB interface from an external PC.
Necessary preconditions:
1. The USB interface of the comX communication module must be leaded through and connected to the outside of the device into which the comX communication module has been built in.
2. SYCON.net has been installed at the PC.
Figure 45: Set-up A1: Updating the Firmware with SYCON.net via the USB-Interface
Note: Read in section
Update the Firmware with SYCON.net
on page 147 how you can update the f
SYCON.net.
irmware of a comX communication module with comX | Communication Modules for Real-Time-Ethernet and Fieldbus
DOC100903UM05EN | Revision 5 | English | 2015-12 | Released | Public © Hilscher, 2010-2015
Updating the Firmware 142/212
12.1.1.2 Set-up A2: Updating the Firmware with SYCON.net via the Serial
Interface
This set-up is used for updating the firmware of an embedded system via the serial interface from an external PC.
Necessary preconditions:
1. The serial interface of the comX communication module must be leaded through and connected to the outside of the device into which the comX communication module has been built in.
2. SYCON.net has been installed at the PC.
Figure 46: Set-up A2: Updating the Firmware with SYCON.net via the Serial Interface
Note: Read in section
Update the Firmware with SYCON.net
on page 147 how you can update the f
SYCON.net.
irmware of a comX communication module with
12.1.2 Updating the Firmware using an Evaluation Board COMXEB and a PC
For firmware update of comX communication modules connected to a PC via the evaluation board COMXEB, the following solutions are available: comX | Communication Modules for Real-Time-Ethernet and Fieldbus
DOC100903UM05EN | Revision 5 | English | 2015-12 | Released | Public © Hilscher, 2010-2015
Updating the Firmware 143/212
12.1.2.1 Set-up B1: Updating the Firmware with SYCON.net via the Serial
Interface
This set-up is used for updating the firmware of a comX communication modules connected to a PC via the evaluation board COMXEB (see above) using SYCON.net via the serial interface.
Necessary preconditions:
1. The comX communication
module is plugged into the appropriate module socket of the evaluation board COMXEB.
2. A serial connection has been established between evaluation board
(diagnostic interface X601) and (external) PC.
3. SYCON.net has been installed at the (external) PC.
Figure 47: Set-up B1: Firmware update with SYCON.net via the serial interface using evaluation board COMXEB
Note: Read in section “
Update the Firmware with SYCON.net
”
on page 147 how you can update the f irmware of a comX communication module with
SYCON.net.
comX | Communication Modules for Real-Time-Ethernet and Fieldbus
DOC100903UM05EN | Revision 5 | English | 2015-12 | Released | Public © Hilscher, 2010-2015
Updating the Firmware 144/212
12.1.2.2 Set-up B2: Updating the Firmware with SYCON.net via the USB
Interface
This set-up is used for updating the firmware of a comX communication module connected to a PC via the evaluation board COMXEB (see above) using SYCON.net via a USB interface.
Necessary preconditions:
1. The comX communication
module is plugged into the appropriate module socket of the evaluation board COMXEB. connection has been established between the evaluation board
(Mini-USB interface X611) and the (external) PC.
3. SYCON.net has been installed at the (external) PC.
Figure 48: Set-up B2: Firmware update with SYCON.net via the USB interface using evaluation board COMXEB
Note: Read in section 12.2 “
Update the Firmware with SYCON.net
”
on page 147 how you can update the f irmware of a comX communication module with SYCON.net.
comX | Communication Modules for Real-Time-Ethernet and Fieldbus
DOC100903UM05EN | Revision 5 | English | 2015-12 | Released | Public © Hilscher, 2010-2015
Updating the Firmware 145/212
12.1.2.3 Set-up B3: Updating the Firmware with SYCON.net via NXPCA-PCI and
DPM
This set-up is used for updating the firmware of a comX communication module connected to a PC via the evaluation board COMXEB (see above) using SYCON.net via NXPCA-PCI and a DPM interface.
Necessary preconditions:
1. The comX communication
module is plugged into the appropriate module socket of the evaluation board COMXEB.
2. A ribbon cable connection has been established between the evaluation board (Host interface X350 ) and the (external) PC.
3. SYCON.net has been installed at the (external) PC.
Figure 49: Set-up B3: Firmware update with SYCON.net via the NXPCA-PCI and DPM interface using evaluation board COMXEB
comX | Communication Modules for Real-Time-Ethernet and Fieldbus
DOC100903UM05EN | Revision 5 | English | 2015-12 | Released | Public © Hilscher, 2010-2015
Updating the Firmware
12.1.2.4
146/212
Set-up B4: Updating the Firmware with SYCON.net via SPM over USB
This set-up is used for updating the firmware of a comX communication module connected to a PC via the evaluation board COMXEB (see above) using SYCON.net via SPM over USB.
Necessary preconditions:
1. The comX communication
module is plugged into the appropriate module socket of the evaluation board COMXEB. connection
has been established between the evaluation board
(Host interface X829
(16)
) and the (external) PC.
3. SYCON.net has been installed at the (external) PC.
Figure 50: Set-up B4: Updating the Firmware with SYCON.net via SPM over USB
comX | Communication Modules for Real-Time-Ethernet and Fieldbus
DOC100903UM05EN | Revision 5 | English | 2015-12 | Released | Public © Hilscher, 2010-2015
Updating the Firmware 147/212
12.2 Update the Firmware with SYCON.net
For comX communication modules which are used as embedded systems and already mounted into their target environment , this is the only possibility to perform a firmware update. In order to access the comX module, SYCON.net has to be used in conjunction with the netX driver.
This can be accomplished both via a USB connection and via a serial connection. This complies with the update possibilities described in sections Set-up A1: Updating the Firmware with SYCON.net via the USB-
Interface
and Set-up A2: Updating the Firmware with SYCON.net via the
Serial Interface
.
A firmware update can also be performed via a serial or USB interface at a comX communication module connected to a PC via an evaluation board.
This complies with the update possibilities described in sections “Set-up
B1: Updating the Firmware with SYCON.net via the Serial Interface
” and
“Set-up B2: Updating the Firmware with SYCON.net via the USB Interface”.
In this case SYCON.net has to be applied in conjunction with the netX
Driver.
!
In order to start the System Configurator SYCON.net selects the following entry in the Windows starting menu.
Programs > SYCON.net System Configurator > SYCON.net
" The System Configurator SYCON.net is opened.
You can find a detailed description of the update process in the manual of the DTM of the Fieldbus or Real-Time Ethernet communication system of your choice, see topic User Manual SYCON.net.
In order to update the firmware of the comX communication module with
SYCON.net, the following three steps are necessary, which have to be performed exactly in the given order:
1. Creation project
2. Device assignment (Create connection to the comX communication module). This includes the:
• Selection of the correct driver
• and the selection of the comX communication module to be used.
3. Performing the main part of the firmware update
The selection of the driver must be done taking into account the update method to be applied, as described above.
Access from SYCON.net to the comX communication module is done via the netX driver.
!
Select the “netX Driver” by checking the according checkbox for “netX
Driver
”.
Note: This is described in section corresponding
3.2.1 “Selecting the Driver“
of the
SYCON.net DTM Manual.
More valuable information concerning this topic can be found in section
3.2.4 “netX Driver” of the SYCON.net DTM-Manual. The necessary adjustment of interfacing parameters is explained in section 3.2.4.2
“Driver parameters for netX Driver - USB/RS232 Connection“
..
comX | Communication Modules for Real-Time-Ethernet and Fieldbus
DOC100903UM05EN | Revision 5 | English | 2015-12 | Released | Public © Hilscher, 2010-2015
Updating the Firmware 148/212
Figure 51: Selection of netX Driver
Note:
The selection of the device can be done as explained in section „Device
Assignment
“ of the according SYCON.net DTM manual.
!
We recommend only to display the suitable devices when performing the following steps. Select „Suitable only“ in the combo box „Device
selection“
.
!
In order to start the search process for suitable devices, click at the button „Search“(see Figure 52: Starting the Search Process for Devices
and Selection of Device
on page 149, at the red arrow right on top).
!
For the selection of the device check the checkbox of the comX communication module whose firmware is to be updated (also see
Figure 52: Starting the Search Process for Devices and Selection of
Device
on page 149, at the red arrow in the center part of the figure). comX | Communication Modules for Real-Time-Ethernet and Fieldbus
DOC100903UM05EN | Revision 5 | English | 2015-12 | Released | Public © Hilscher, 2010-2015
Updating the Firmware 149/212
Figure 52: Starting the Search Process for Devices and Selection of Device
The main part of the firmware update is described in section 3.4 „Firmware
Download
“ of the respective SYCON.net DTM Manual. Proceed as follows:
!
In the navigation area, select Settings>Firmware Download.
!
Open a file selection dialog by clicking at the button „Select“ (Figure 53:
Firmware Download with SYCON.net (after Selection of the Firmware)
, see right at the top).
!
In this dialog select the firmware file to be loaded.
"
Then, the screen should look like this: comX | Communication Modules for Real-Time-Ethernet and Fieldbus
DOC100903UM05EN | Revision 5 | English | 2015-12 | Released | Public © Hilscher, 2010-2015
Updating the Firmware 150/212
Figure 53: Firmware Download with SYCON.net (after Selection of the Firmware)
!
In order to start the firmware update process, click at „Load“ (Figure 53:
Firmware Download with SYCON.net (after Selection of the Firmware)
see ).
Important: Take care of the warning message issued within the window. A reconstruction of the state prior to starting the firmware update might be impossible.
comX | Communication Modules for Real-Time-Ethernet and Fieldbus
DOC100903UM05EN | Revision 5 | English | 2015-12 | Released | Public © Hilscher, 2010-2015
Updating the Firmware 151/212
12.2.1 Troubleshooting
Problem
The following table lists some known error situations, explains their causes and shows possible ways to solve the respective problem.
The error message appears.
Explanation 1 The loaded file does not contain firmware for any Hilscher device (neither for comX nor for any other Hilscher device).
Action 1 Load a correct firmware file, see Table 3: Reference to Firmware on page 12!
Explanation 2 At update possibility B1: the adapter card has either only bad contact to the PCI carrier board or no contact at all.
Action 2 Check whether the adapter card is mounted correctly.
Explanation 3 At update possibility B1: the comX communication module has either bad contact to the adapter card or no contact at all.
Action 3 Check whether the comX communication module is mounted correctly.
Problem The error message appears.
Explanation 1 The connection to the comX communication module has been lost due to contact problems.
Action 1 Check whether the comX communication module and in case of update possibility B1 the adapter card is mounted correctly.
Explanation 2 At update possibility A1, A2 and B2:
The connection to the comX communication module has been lost due to contact problems at the serial or USB connection.
Action 2 At update possibility A1, A2 and B2: Check whether the serial cable or the USB cable has correct contact. comX | Communication Modules for Real-Time-Ethernet and Fieldbus
DOC100903UM05EN | Revision 5 | English | 2015-12 | Released | Public © Hilscher, 2010-2015
Updating the Firmware
Problem The error message
152/212
Explanation
1
Action 1
Explanation
2
Action 2
Problem appears.
The connection to the comX communication module has been lost due to contact problems.
Check whether the comX communication module and in case of update possibility
B1 the adapter card is mounted correctly.
At update possibility A1, A2 and B2:
The connection to the comX communication module has been lost due to contact problems at the serial or USB connection.
At update possibility A1, A2 and B2: Check whether the serial cable or the USB cable has correct contact.
The error message appears.
Explanation The device classes do not match. The selected firmware file contains a Hilscher firmware which is not suited for the comX communication module but for another
Hilscher product (in this case for instance a cifX card).
Action Select a firmware suitable for the comX communication module by clicking at
Select
and selecting the firmware within the subsequent file selection dialog. See
Table 3: Reference to Firmware
on page 12. Finally, load this firmware into the comX communication module by clicking at Download. comX | Communication Modules for Real-Time-Ethernet and Fieldbus
DOC100903UM05EN | Revision 5 | English | 2015-12 | Released | Public © Hilscher, 2010-2015
Updating the Firmware
Problem The error message
153/212
Problem appears.
Explanation The communication classes do not match. Either the firmware file to be loaded is suited for a Master/Scanner/Controller and the installed comX communication module requires a Slave/ Adapter/ Device firmware or firmware file to be loaded is suited for a Slave/ Adapter/ Device and the installed comX communication module requires a Master/Scanner/Controller firmware.
If a change from Master to Slave or vice versa is intended and a Master license is present, then click at Yes to perform the intended change. In all other cases click at No.
Action Use a firmware of the correct type for your comX communication module, i.e. a
Master firmware for a Master module and a Slave firmware for a Slave module.
The error message appears.
Explanation The protocol classes do not match. The selected firmware does not support any protocol suited for the selected comX communication module. This error situation mostly occurs in conjunction with the two error situations discussed directly above, see the illustration.
Action Use a suitable firmware for a protocol that is supported by your comX communication module.
If a change of the Real-Time Ethernet System is intended and you use a comX
Real-Time Ethernet Module (such as COMX 100CA-RE, COMX 100CN-RE), click at Yes in order to perform the intended change. In all other cases click at No. comX | Communication Modules for Real-Time-Ethernet and Fieldbus
DOC100903UM05EN | Revision 5 | English | 2015-12 | Released | Public © Hilscher, 2010-2015
Updating the Firmware
Problem The error message
154/212 appears.
Explanation The protocol classes do not match. The selected firmware does not support any protocol suited for the selected comX communication module. This error situation mostly occurs in conjunction with the two error situations discussed directly above, see the illustration.
Action Use a suitable firmware for a protocol that is supported by your comX communication module.
If a change of the Real-Time Ethernet System is intended and you use a comX
Real-Time Ethernet Module (such as COMX 100CA-RE, COMX 100CN-RE), click at Yes in order to perform the intended change. In all other cases click at No.
options do not match…”
appears.
Explanation The hardware options do not match, i.e. either you use a Real-Time Ethernetfirmware in conjunction with a Fieldbus communication module, or vice versa, a
Fieldbus firmware in conjunction with a Real-Time Ethernet communication module. comX communication module.
If the option Yes is clicked at, a non-conforming firmware is loaded and the module will not operate correctly. button in screen Firmware Download is grayed out and thus deactivated.
Explanation There is a (not necessarily permanent) contact problem.
Action Check whether the comX communication module and the adapter card are mounted correctly and have good electrical contact. Then, click the button Select and again select the firmware file to be loaded using the subsequent file selection dialog. Afterwards, the button Download should not be grayed out anymore. comX | Communication Modules for Real-Time-Ethernet and Fieldbus
DOC100903UM05EN | Revision 5 | English | 2015-12 | Released | Public © Hilscher, 2010-2015
Updating the Firmware
Problem The error message
155/212 appears.
Explanation A message timeout has occurred. The connection to the comX communication module has been lost due to contact problems, while the button Select has been clicked..
Action Check whether the comX communication module and in case of update possibility
B1 the adapter card has been mounted correctly.
Problem The error message appears.
Explanation At update possibility A1, A2 and B2: The firmware download has been finished with an error due to the serial or USB connection to the comX communication module having been lost during the firmware download.
Action At update possibility A1, A2 and B2: Check whether the serial cable or the USB cable has correct contact.
Table 82: Possible Causes of Errors, their Consequences and necessary Actions for their
Removal at Firmware Update with SYCON.net
If problems should occur at the firmware download, you should also check the following additional topics:
• If you intend to load a Master firmware: is a Master license present and loaded. If not, a Master license has to be purchased at Hilscher and must be loaded.
• Is the switch Byte/Word of the PCI carrier board CIF 50-CB-COM-ABC in position „Word“? If necessary, switch to „Word“!
• Especially for update possibility B1: Check the revision number of the
PCI carrier board CIF 50-CB-COM-ABC. This revision number must be greater or equal to 5. Revisions 1 to 4 of the PCI carrier board are not capable for connecting comX modules.
• Has the System Configurator SYCON.net been installed correctly
• Is the correct device selected within SYCON.net? comX | Communication Modules for Real-Time-Ethernet and Fieldbus
DOC100903UM05EN | Revision 5 | English | 2015-12 | Released | Public © Hilscher, 2010-2015
Diagnostic Interfaces 156/212
13 Diagnostic Interfaces
In general, as Diagnostic Interfaces USB and serial interface are available.
13.1 Support of Diagnostic Interfaces by comX Firmware
The following table indicates from which firmware version on the firmware supports the diagnostic interface.
Firmware file name
COMXCOM.NXF
COMXCOS.NXF
M0505000.NXF
M0509000.NXF
Fieldbus system
CANopen Master
CANopen Slave
CANopen Slave comX10
CC-Link Slave comX10
Minimum allowed version number of firmware for use of
USB or serial interface
From V2.2.5.0
From V2.4.4.0
From V3.0.3.0
From V2.6.1.0
M0507000.NXF
COMXECM.NXF
DeviceNet Slave comX10
EtherCAT Master
From V2.3.5.0
From V2.4.4.0
COMXEIM.NXF
COMXEIS.NXF
EtherNet/IP Scanner
EtherNet/IP Adapter
From V 4.2.11.x
From V2.2.4.1
From V2.3.4.1
From V 2.7.13.x
COMXOMB.NXF Open Modbus/TCP From V2.3.2.1
From V 2.5.11.x
COMXPLS.NXF POWERLINK From V2.1.22.0
COMXDPM.NXF PROFIBUS-DP Master From V2.3.22.0
COMXDPS.NXF
M0502000.nxf
M0203000.nxf
PROFIBUS-DP Slave From V2.3.31.0
PROFIBUS DP Slave comX10 From V2.4.1.0
PROFIBUS MPI From V2.4.2.0 cx51pns.nxf
COMXS3M.NXF
COMXS3S.NXF
M060J000.nxf
PROFINET IO Device comX51
Sercos Master
Sercos Slave
Sercos Slave
From V3.5.26.x
From V2.0.14.0
From V3.0.13.0
From V3.1.19.x
Table 83: Firmware Versions with Support for Diagnostic Interface
The following firmwares do not provide any support of diagnostic interfaces
(USB or serial interface):
• CC-Link Slave
• PROFINET IO Device V2 (however, PROFINET IO Device from V3.4.9.0 contains the required support) comX | Communication Modules for Real-Time-Ethernet and Fieldbus
DOC100903UM05EN | Revision 5 | English | 2015-12 | Released | Public © Hilscher, 2010-2015
Diagnostic Interfaces 157/212
13.2 Hint concerning the Usage of the Software
The USB interface, the serial interface as well as the cifX Device Driver may only be used exclusively by one software, that is
• the SYCON.net configuration software (with integrated ODM V3) or
• the netX Configuration Tool or
• the cifX Test Application or
• the cifX Driver Setup Utility or
• the application program
Important: Never use the listed software simultaneously, otherwise this will result in communication problems with the device.
If the SYCON.net configuration software was used on the PC, then stop the
ODMV3 service before you use one of the other software listed above.
!
Therefore, select Service > Stop from the context menu of the ODMV3 system tray icon.
13.3 Hardware Modification of comX Module for Recognition of comX-Reset at a connected Windows
®-
Diagnosis PC
The following table indicates at which hardware revision of the comX module the electronic circuit of the USB interface has been changed:
Communication module
COMX 100CA-CO
COMX 100CN-CO
COMX 100CA-DN
COMX 100CN-DN
COMX 100CA-DP
COMX 100CN-DP
COMX 50CA-CCS
(firmware does not support USB)
COMX 100CA-RE
COMX 100CN-RE
7
2
3
3
3
4
3
4
Hardware Revision
4
Table 84: First Hardware Version with new USB Interface
This modification was necessary in order to enable recognition of a comX reset by a Diagnosis PC running Microsoft Windows
®.
. Windows
®. closes the USB driver and automatically restarts it, when the comX executes a reset and is then again ready to communicate over USB. comX 10 modules and comX 51 modules always allow recognition of a comX reset by a Diagnosis PC under Windows
®
.
Note: If you use a comX communication module of a former hardware revision, it is necessary to pull away the USB cable from the USB connector and then plug it again after a reset of the comX communication module
(which, for instance occurs after a firmware download) comX | Communication Modules for Real-Time-Ethernet and Fieldbus
DOC100903UM05EN | Revision 5 | English | 2015-12 | Released | Public © Hilscher, 2010-2015
Technical Data 158/212
14 Technical Data
Note: All technical data in this section are subject to change without any further notice.
14.1 Technical Data of COMX Modules
COMX 100CA-RE
Part number 1531.100
Communication Controller
Processor
Integrated Memory
System interface
RAM/ FLASH
Size of Dual-Port-Memory
Width for DPM data access
Type
8 MB SDRAM, 4 MB SPI-Flash-EPROM
16 KB
8/16 Bit
50 Pin SMT Connector, female
Ethernet Communication
Ethernet interface
Diagnosis
Display
Pin distance (Grid) 1.27 mm
Corresponding male connector SAMTEC TFM - 125 - 02 - S - D – A or TFC - 125 -
02 - F - D – A
Ethernet-Standard/ Frame type IEEE 802.3/ Ethernet II
Supported Real-Time Ethernet communication standard/ firmware
Determined by loaded firmware.: EtherCAT
Master/Slave, EtherNet/IP Scanner (Master)/
Adapter(Slave), Open Modbus/TCP, Powerlink
Controlled Node (Slave), PROFINET_IO-Controller
(Master)/ Device (Slave), Sercos Master/ Slave,
TCP/IP, VARAN Client (Slave)
2 * RJ45 socket, potential free Hardware
Transmission rate
Interface Type
100 MBit/s, 10 MBit/s (depending on the firmware)
100 BASE-TX, isolated, 10 BASE-T (depending on the loaded firmware) supported (at 100 MBit/s) Half duplex / full duplex
Auto-Negotiation / Auto-Crossover (depending on the loaded firmware)
Diagnostic interfaces/ signals UART (RXD, TXD), USB (RX0, TX0, USB+, USB-)
LED Display SYS System Status (green: RUN, yellow: RDY)
COM0, COM1 Communication Status (both green or red, depending on loaded firmware)
TX/RX0, TX/RX1 Ethernet activity status (yellow)
LINK0, LINK1 Ethernet link status (green)
Power supply /Current consumption
Environment
Device
Supply voltage +3.3 V ± 5 % DC
Typical current/ power at 3,3 V Approx. 700…750 mA / 2.5 W
Ambient temperature range
(Rev. 8)
Operation: 0°C...+65°C,
Storage (device only): -40°C…+85 °C
Storage (device in package): -10°C…+85 °C
Humidity range
Dimensions (L x W x H)
Weight
10 … 95 % relative humidity (non-condensing)
70 x 30 x 21.5 mm approx. 35-40 g
CE Sign
Configuration software
Mounting/Installation According to comX Design-Guide
RoHS yes
CE Sign yes
Emission
Immunity
System configurator
EN55011:2009 Class A; CISPR 11. Class A
According to IEC/EN 61000-4:1995, see below
SYCON.net
Table 85: Technical Data COMX 100CA-RE
comX | Communication Modules for Real-Time-Ethernet and Fieldbus
DOC100903UM05EN | Revision 5 | English | 2015-12 | Released | Public © Hilscher, 2010-2015
Technical Data 159/212
Important: All data specified here apply for the COMX 100CN-RE,
Revision 2.
COMX 100CN-RE
Part number 1531.101
Communication Controller
Processor
Integrated Memory
RAM/ FLASH 8 MB SDRAM, 4 MB SPI-Flash-EPROM
System interface
Size of Dual-Port-Memory
Width for DPM data access
Type
16 KB
8/16 Bit
50 Pin SMT Connector, female
Ethernet Communication
Ethernet interface
Diagnosis
Display
Power supply /Current consumption
Environment
Device
CE Sign
Configuration software
Pin distance (Grid) 1.27 mm
Corresponding male connector
SAMTEC TFM - 125 - 02 - S - D – A or TFC - 125 -
02 - F - D – A
Ethernet-Standard/ Frame type IEEE 802.3/ Ethernet II
Supported Real-Time Ethernet communication standard/ firmware
Determined by loaded firmware.: EtherCAT
Master/Slave, EtherNet/IP Scanner (Master)/
Adapter(Slave), Open Modbus/TCP, Powerlink
Controlled Node (Slave),PROFINET_IO-Controller
(Master)/ Device (Slave), Sercos Master/ Slave,
TCP/IP, VARAN Client (Slave)
Hardware 30 Pin SMT connector, female, Grid 1.27 mm, see
COMX Design Guide. Fitting to a RJ45-Module with
Transformer, LED and termination, such as ERNI
203313 or Pulse J0864D628ANL
Transmission rate
Interface Type
100 MBit/s, 10 MBit/s (depending on the loaded firmware)
100 BASE-TX, isolated, 10 BASE-T (depending on the loaded firmware)
Half duplex / full duplex supported (at 100 MBit/s)
Auto-Negotiation / Auto-Crossover (depending on the loaded firmware)
Diagnostic interfaces/ signals
LED Display
UART (RXD, TXD), USB (RX0, TX0, USB+, USB-)
SYS System Status
COM0, COM1 Communication Status
TX/RX0, TX/RX1 Ethernet activity status
LINK0, LINK1 Ethernet link status
Supply voltage +3.3 V ± 5 % DC
Typical current/ power at 3,3 V Approx. 700…750 mA / 2.5 W
Ambient temperature range Operation: -20°C...+60°C,
Storage (device only): -40°C…+85 °C
Storage (device in package): -10°C…+85 °C
Humidity range
Dimensions (L x W x H)
Weight
10 … 95 % relative humidity (non-condensing)
70 x 30 x 21.5 mm approx. 35-40 g
Mounting/Installation According to comX Design-Guide
RoHS yes
CE Sign yes
Emission
Immunity
System configurator
EN55011:2009 Class A; CISPR 11. Class A
According to IEC/EN 61000-4:1995, see below
SYCON.net
Table 86: Technical Data COMX 100CN-RE
comX | Communication Modules for Real-Time-Ethernet and Fieldbus
DOC100903UM05EN | Revision 5 | English | 2015-12 | Released | Public © Hilscher, 2010-2015
Technical Data 160/212
COMX 100CA-CO
Part number 1531.500
Communication Controller
Processor
Integrated Memory
System interface
RAM/ FLASH
Size of Dual-Port-Memory
Width for DPM data access
Type
8 MB SDRAM, 4 MB SPI-Flash-EPROM
16 KB
8/16 Bit
50 Pin SMT Connector, female
CANopen communication
CANopen
Diagnosis
Display
interface
Pin distance (Grid)
Supported communication standard
1.27 mm
Corresponding male connector SAMTEC TFM - 125 - 02 - S - D – A or TFC - 125 -
02 - F - D – A
CANopen
Interface type
Connector
Potential-free ISO-11898-interface. According to
CANopen specification EN 50325/4.
DSub plug, male, 9-pin
Transmission rates
Diagnostic interfaces/ signals
10 kBit/s, 20 kBit/s, 50 kBit/s, 100 kBit/s,
125 kBit/s, 250 kBit/s, 500 kBit/s, 800 kBit/s,
1 MBit/s
UART (RXD, TXD), USB (RX0, TX0, USB+, USB-)
Power supply /Current consumption
Environment
LED Display SYS System Status (green: RUN, yellow: RDY)
CAN Communication status ( green: STA, red: ERR)
+3.3 V ± 5 % DC Supply voltage
Typical current/ power at 3,3 V Approx. 450…480 mA / 1.5..1.6 W
Ambient temperature range
Humidity range
Operation: -20°C...+65°C,
Storage (device only): -40°C…+85 °C
Storage (device in package): -10°C…+85 °C
10 … 95 % relative humidity (non-condensing)
Device
CE Sign
Configuration software
Dimensions (L x W x H)
Weight
Mounting/Installation
70 x 30 x 21.5 mm approx. 35-40 g
According to comX Design-Guide
RoHS yes
CE Sign yes
Emission EN55011:2009 Class A; CISPR 11. Class A
Immunity
System configurator
According to IEC/EN 61000-4:1995, see below
SYCON.net
Table 87: Technical Data COMX 100CA-CO
Important: The data mentioned under „Electrical Immunity to Interference
and Radio Frequency“
apply for the communication module COMX
100CA-CO, Revision 2. comX | Communication Modules for Real-Time-Ethernet and Fieldbus
DOC100903UM05EN | Revision 5 | English | 2015-12 | Released | Public © Hilscher, 2010-2015
Technical Data 161/212
COMX 100CN-CO
Part number 1532.500
Communication Controller
Processor
Integrated Memory
System interface
RAM/ FLASH
Size of Dual-Port-Memory
Width for DPM data access
Type
8 MB SDRAM, 4 MB SPI-Flash-EPROM
16 KB
8/16 Bit
50 Pin SMT Connector, female
CANopen communication
CANopen
interface
Pin distance (Grid)
Supported communication standard
1.27 mm
Corresponding male connector SAMTEC TFM - 125 - 02 - S - D – A or TFC - 125 -
02 - F - D – A
CANopen
Interface type
Potential-free ISO-11898-interface. According to
CANopen specification EN 50325/4.
Connector
Transmission rates
30 Pin SMT connector, female, pin grid 1.27 mm, see COMX Design Guide.
10 kBit/s, 20 kBit/s, 50 kBit/s, 100 kBit/s,
125 kBit/s, 250 kBit/s, 500 kBit/s, 800 kBit/s,
1 MBit/s
Diagnosis
Display
Power supply /Current consumption
Environment
Device
Diagnostic interfaces/ signals
LED Display
UART (RXD, TXD), USB (RX0, TX0, USB+, USB-)
SYS System Status (green: RUN, yellow: RDY)
Supply voltage
CAN Communication status
+3.3 V ± 5 % DC
( green: STA, red: ERR)
Typical current/ power at 3,3 V Approx. 450…480 mA / 1.5..1.6 W
Ambient temperature range Operation: -20°C...+65°C,
Storage (device only): -40°C…+85 °C
Storage (device in package): -10°C…+85 °C
Humidity range
Dimensions (L x W x H)
Weight
10 … 95 % relative humidity (non-condensing)
70 x 30 x 21.5 mm approx. 35-40 g
CE Sign
Configuration software
Mounting/Installation According to comX Design-Guide
RoHS yes
CE Sign yes
Emission
Immunity
System configurator
EN55011:2009 Class A; CISPR 11. Class A
According to IEC/EN 61000-4:1995, see below
SYCON.net
Table 88: Technical Data COMX 100CN-CO
Important: The data mentioned under „Electrical Immunity to Interference
and Radio Frequency“
apply for the communication module COMX
100CN-CO, Revision 1. comX | Communication Modules for Real-Time-Ethernet and Fieldbus
DOC100903UM05EN | Revision 5 | English | 2015-12 | Released | Public © Hilscher, 2010-2015
Technical Data 162/212
COMX 100CA-DN
Part number 1531.510
Communication Controller
Processor
Integrated Memory
System interface
RAM/ FLASH
Size of Dual-Port-Memory
Width for DPM data access
Type
8 MB SDRAM, 4 MB SPI-Flash-EPROM
16 KB
8/16 Bit
50 Pin SMT Connector, female
Pin distance (Grid)
DeviceNet -Communication
Supported communication standard
1.27 mm
Corresponding male connector SAMTEC TFM - 125 - 02 - S - D – A or TFC - 125 -
02 - F - D – A
DeviceNet
DeviceNet interface
Interface type Potential-free ISO-11898-interface according to
DeviceNet specification
CombiCon connector
, 5-pin
Diagnosis
Display
Connector
Transmission rate
Diagnostic interfaces/ signals
LED Display
125 kBit/s, 250 kBit/s, 500 kBit/s,
UART (RXD, TXD), USB (RX0, TX0, USB+, USB-)
SYS System Status (green: RUN, yellow: RDY)
Power supply /Current consumption
Environment
Device
CE Sign
Configuration software
Supply voltage
MNS Module Network Status ( green: MS, red: NS)
+3.3 V ± 5 % DC
Typical current/ power at 3,3 V Approx. 440…470 mA / 1.5..1.6 W
Ambient temperature range
Humidity range
Dimensions (L x W x H)
Operation: -20°C...+65°C,
Storage (device only): -40°C…+85 °C
Storage (device in package): -10°C…+85 °C
10 … 95 % relative humidity (non-condensing)
70 x 30 x 21.5 mm
Weight
Mounting/Installation approx. 35-40 g
According to comX Design-Guide
RoHS yes
CE Sign
Emission
Immunity
System configurator yes
EN55011:2009 Class A; CISPR 11. Class A
According to IEC/EN 61000-4:1995, see below
SYCON.net
Table 89: Technical Data COMX 100CA-DN
The data mentioned under „Electrical Immunity to Interference and Radio
Frequency“
apply for the communication module COMX 100CA-DN,
Revision 2. comX | Communication Modules for Real-Time-Ethernet and Fieldbus
DOC100903UM05EN | Revision 5 | English | 2015-12 | Released | Public © Hilscher, 2010-2015
Technical Data 163/212
COMX 100CA-DN
Part number 1532.510
Communication Controller
Processor
Integrated Memory
System interface
RAM/ FLASH
Type
Pin distance (Grid)
8 MB SDRAM, 4 MB SPI-Flash-EPROM
50 Pin SMT Connector, female
1.27 mm
DeviceNet interface
Corresponding male connector SAMTEC TFM - 125 - 02 - S - D – A or TFC - 125 -
02 - F - D – A
Size of Dual-Port-Memory 16 KB
Width for DPM data access
DeviceNet -Communication
Supported communication standard
Interface type
8/16 Bit
DeviceNet
Potential-free ISO-11898-interface according to
DeviceNet specification
Diagnosis
Display
Power supply /Current consumption
Environment
Device
CE Sign
Configuration software
Connector 30 Pin SMT connector, female, pin grid 1.27 mm, see COMX Design Guide.
125 kBit/s, 250 kBit/s, 500 kBit/s, Transmission rate
Diagnostic interfaces/ signals
LED Display
UART (RXD, TXD), USB (RX0, TX0, USB+, USB-)
SYS System Status
MNS Module Network Status
+3.3 V ± 5 % DC Supply voltage
Typical current/ power at 3,3 V Approx. 440…470 mA / 1.5..1.6 W
Ambient temperature range Operation: -20°C...+65°C,
Storage (device only): -40°C…+85 °C
Storage (device in package): -10°C…+85 °C
Humidity range
Dimensions (L x W x H)
Weight
10 … 95 % relative humidity (non-condensing)
70 x 30 x 21.5 mm approx. 35-40 g
Mounting/Installation According to comX Design-Guide
RoHS yes
CE Sign yes
Emission
Immunity
System configurator
EN55011:2009 Class A; CISPR 11. Class A
According to IEC/EN 61000-4:1995, see below
SYCON.net
Table 90: Technical Data COMX 100CN-DN
The data mentioned under „Electrical Immunity to Interference and Radio
Frequency“
apply for the communication module COMX 100CN-DN,
Revision 1. comX | Communication Modules for Real-Time-Ethernet and Fieldbus
DOC100903UM05EN | Revision 5 | English | 2015-12 | Released | Public © Hilscher, 2010-2015
Technical Data 164/212
COMX 100CA-DP
Part number 1531.410
Communication Controller
Processor
Integrated Memory
System interface
RAM/ FLASH
Size of Dual-Port-Memory
Width for DPM data access
Type
8 MB SDRAM, 4 MB SPI-Flash-EPROM
16 KB
8/16 Bit
50 Pin SMT Connector, female
Pin distance (Grid)
PROFIBUS Communication
Supported Communication
Standard/Firmware
1.27 mm
Corresponding male connector SAMTEC TFM - 125 - 02 - S - D – A or TFC - 125 -
02 - F - D – A
PROFIBUS DP
PROFIBUS Interface
Interface type
Connector
Potential free RS-485 Interface
DSub connector, female, 9-pin
Diagnosis
Display
Transmission rate
Auto-Detection yes
Diagnostic interfaces/ signals UART (RXD, TXD), USB (RX0, TX0, USB+, USB-)
LED Display
9,6 kBit/s, 19,2 kBit/s, 31,25 kBit/s, 45,45 kBit/s,
93,75 kBit/s, 187,5 kBit/s, 500 kBit/s,
1,5 MBit/s, 3 MBit/s, 6 MBit/s,12 MBit/s
SYS System Status (green: RUN, yellow: RDY)
COM Communication status
( green: STA, red:
ERR)
Power supply /Current consumption
Environment
Device
Supply voltage +3.3 V ± 5 % DC
Typical current/ power at 3,3 V Approx. 430…460 mA / 1.5..1.6 W
Ambient temperature range Operation: -20C°... +70°C,
Storage (device only): -40°C…+85 °C
Storage (device in package): -10°C…+85 °C
Humidity range
Dimensions (L x W x H)
Weight
10 … 95 % relative humidity (non-condensing)
70 x 30 x 21.5 mm approx. 35-40 g
CE Sign
Configuration software
Mounting/Installation According to comX Design-Guide
RoHS yes
CE Sign yes
Emission
Immunity
System configurator
EN55011:2009 Class A; CISPR 11. Class A
According to IEC/EN 61000-4:1995, see below
SYCON.net
Table 91: Technical Data COMX 100CA-DP
comX | Communication Modules for Real-Time-Ethernet and Fieldbus
DOC100903UM05EN | Revision 5 | English | 2015-12 | Released | Public © Hilscher, 2010-2015
Technical Data 165/212
COMX 100CN-DP
Part number 1532.410
Communication Controller
Processor
Integrated Memory
System interface
RAM/ FLASH
Size of Dual-Port-Memory
Width for DPM data access
Type
8 MB SDRAM, 4 MB SPI-Flash-EPROM
16 KB
8/16 Bit
50 Pin SMT Connector, female
Pin distance (Grid)
PROFIBUS Communication
Supported Communication
Standard/Firmware
1.27 mm
Corresponding male connector SAMTEC TFM - 125 - 02 - S - D – A or TFC - 125 -
02 - F - D – A
PROFIBUS DP
PROFIBUS Interface
Interface type
Connector
Potential free RS-485 Interface
Transmission rate
30-pin SMT connector, female, grid distance 1.27 mm, see COMX Design Guide.
9,6 kBit/s, 19,2 kBit/s, 31,25 kBit/s, 45,45 kBit/s,
93,75 kBit/s, 187,5 kBit/s, 500 kBit/s,
1,5 MBit/s, 3 MBit/s, 6 MBit/s,12 MBit/s
Diagnosis
Display
Auto-Detection yes
Diagnostic interfaces/ signals
LED Display
UART (RXD, TXD), USB (RX0, TX0, USB+, USB-)
SYS System Status
COM Communication Status
Power supply /Current consumption
Environment
Device
Supply voltage +3.3 V ± 5 % DC
Typical current/ power at 3,3 V Approx. 430…460 mA / 1.5..1.6 W
Ambient temperature range Operation: -20°C...+65°C,
Storage (device only): -40°C…+85 °C
Storage (device in package): -10°C…+85 °C
Humidity range
Dimensions (L x W x H)
Weight
10 … 95 % relative humidity (non-condensing)
70 x 30 x 21.5 mm approx. 35-40 g
CE Sign
Configuration software
Mounting/Installation According to comX Design-Guide
RoHS yes
CE Sign yes
Emission
Immunity
System configurator
EN55011:2009 Class A; CISPR 11. Class A
According to IEC/EN 61000-4:1995, see below
SYCON.net
Table 92: Technical Data COMX 100CN-DP
The data mentioned under „Electrical Immunity to Interference and Radio
Frequency“
apply for the communication module COMX 100CN-DP,
Revision 1. comX | Communication Modules for Real-Time-Ethernet and Fieldbus
DOC100903UM05EN | Revision 5 | English | 2015-12 | Released | Public © Hilscher, 2010-2015
Technical Data 166/212
COMX 50CA-REFO
Part number
Communication Controller
Type
Integrated Memory
System interface
Ethernet Communication
Optical Ethernet interface
RAM/ FLASH
Size of Dual-Port-Memory
Width for DPM data access
1551.110 netX 50 Processor
8 MB SDRAM, 4 MB SPI-Flash-EPROM
16 KB
8/16 Bit
50 Pin SMT Connector, female Type
Pin distance (Grid) 1.27 mm
Corresponding male connector SAMTEC TFM - 125 - 02 - S - D – A or TFC - 125 -
02 - F - D – A
Ethernet-Standard/ Frame type IEEE 802.3/ Ethernet II
PROFINET IO- Device (Slave)) Supported Real-Time Ethernet communication standard/ firmware
Hardware 2 x fiber optical transceivers Avago AFBR-5978Z with SC-RJ connector.
100 MBit/s
Diagnosis
Display
Transmission rate
Half duplex / full duplex
Conforms to AIDA standard
Diagnostic interfaces/ signals
LED Display supported (at 100 MBit/s) yes
UART (RXD, TXD), USB (RX0, TX0, USB+, USB-)
SYS System Status (green: RUN, yellow: RDY)
COM0, COM1 Communication Status (both green or red,)
TX/RX0, TX/RX1 Ethernet activity status (yellow)
Power supply /Current consumption
Environment
Device
LINK0, LINK1 Ethernet link status (green)
Supply voltage +3.3 V ± 5 % DC
Typical current/ power at 3,3 V Approx 950. mA / 3,14 W (at 3,3 V)
Ambient temperature range Operation: -20°C...+55°C,
Storage (device only): -40°C…+85 °C
Storage (device in package): -10°C…+85 °C
Humidity range
Dimensions (L x W x H)
Weight
10 … 95 % relative humidity (non-condensing)
70 x 30 x 21.5 mm approx. g
CE Sign
Configuration software
Mounting/Installation According to comX Design-Guide
RoHS yes
CE Sign yes
Emission
Immunity
System configurator
EN55011:2009 Class A; CISPR 11. Class A
According to IEC/EN 61000-4:1995, see below
SYCON.net
Table 93: Technical Data COMX 50CA-REFO
comX | Communication Modules for Real-Time-Ethernet and Fieldbus
DOC100903UM05EN | Revision 5 | English | 2015-12 | Released | Public © Hilscher, 2010-2015
Technical Data 167/212
14.1.10 COMX 51CA-RE
COMX 51CA-RE
Part number
Communication Controller
Type
Integrated Memory
System interface
SPI interface
RAM/ FLASH
Size of Dual-Port-Memory
Width for DPM data access
1571.100 netX 51 Processor
8 MB SDRAM, 4 MB SPI-Flash-EPROM
16 KB
8/16 Bit
50 Pin SMT Connector, female Type
Pin distance (Grid) 1.27 mm
Corresponding male connector SAMTEC TFM - 125 - 02 - S - D – A or TFC - 125 -
02 - F - D – A
SPI Mode SPI Slave, Mode 3
Ethernet Communication
Ethernet interface
Diagnosis
Display
CPOL 1
CPHA 1
Ethernet-Standard/ Frame type IEEE 802.3/ Ethernet II
Supported Real-Time Ethernet communication standard/ firmware
Hardware
Transmission rate
Determined by loaded firmware.: EtherCAT Slave,
EtherNet/ Adapter(Slave), Open Modbus/TCP,
PROFINET IO Device (Slave), Sercos Slave,
TCP/IP
2 * RJ45 socket, potential free
Interface Type
100 MBit/s, 10 MBit/s (depending on the firmware)
100 BASE-TX, isolated, 10 BASE-T (depending on the loaded firmware)
Half duplex / full duplex supported (at 100 MBit/s)
Auto-Negotiation / Auto-Crossover (depending on the loaded firmware)
Diagnostic interfaces/ signals
LED Display
UART (RXD, TXD), USB (RX0, TX0, USB+, USB-)
SYS System Status (green: RUN, yellow: RDY)
COM0, COM1 Communication Status (both green or red, depending on loaded firmware)
TX/RX0, TX/RX1 Ethernet activity status (yellow)
Power supply /Current consumption
Environment
Device
CE Sign
Configuration software
LINK0, LINK1 Ethernet link status (green)
Supply voltage +3.3 V ± 5 % DC
Maximum current/ power at 3,3 V 530…580 mA / max. 1.9 W
Ambient temperature range
(Rev. 1)
Operation: 0°C...+65°C,
Storage (device only): -40°C…+85 °C
Storage (device in package): -10°C…+85 °C
Humidity range
Dimensions (L x W x H)
Weight
10 … 95 % relative humidity (non-condensing)
70 x 30 x 21.5 mm approx. 35-40 g
Mounting/Installation According to comX Design-Guide
RoHS yes
CE Sign yes
Emission
Immunity
System configurator
EN55011:2009 Class A; CISPR 11. Class A
According to IEC/EN 61000-4:1995, see below
SYCON.net
Table 94: Technical Data COMX 51CA-RE
comX | Communication Modules for Real-Time-Ethernet and Fieldbus
DOC100903UM05EN | Revision 5 | English | 2015-12 | Released | Public © Hilscher, 2010-2015
Technical Data 168/212
14.1.11 COMX 51CN-RE
COMX 51CN-RE
Part number
Communication Controller
Type
Integrated Memory
RAM/ FLASH
System interfaces
Parallel system interface
Type
Size of Dual-Port-Memory
Width for DPM data access
Type
Pin distance (Grid)
50 Pin SMT Connector, female
1.27 mm
Corresponding male connector SAMTEC TFM - 125 - 02 - S - D – A or TFC - 125 -
02 - F - D – A
SPI Mode SPI Slave, Mode 3
Serial system interface
(SPI interface)
Ethernet Communication
1572.100 netX 51 Processor
8 MB SDRAM, 4 MB SPI-Flash-EPROM
Parallel or serial (SPI), via Dual Port Memory
16 KB
8/16 Bit, switchable
Ethernet interface
Diagnosis
Display
Ethernet-Standard/ Frame type IEEE 802.3/ Ethernet II
Supported Real-Time Ethernet communication standard/ firmware
Determined by loaded firmware.: Determined by loaded firmware.: EtherCAT Slave, EtherNet/
Adapter(Slave), Open Modbus/TCP, PROFINET IO
Device (Slave), Sercos Slave
Hardware 30 Pin SMT connector, female, Grid 1.27 mm, see
COMX Design Guide.
100 MBit/s, 10 MBit/s (depending on the firmware) Transmission rate
Interface Type 100 BASE-TX, isolated, 10 BASE-T (depending on the loaded firmware)
(depending on the loaded firmware) Half duplex / full duplex
Auto-Negotiation / Auto-Crossover (depending on the loaded firmware)
Type USB or serial
Serial diagnostic interface UART (RXD, TXD)
USB diagnostic interface
LED Display
USB (USB+, USB-)
SYS System Status (green: RUN, yellow: RDY)
COM0, COM1 Communication Status (both green or red, depending on loaded firmware)
ACT0, ACT1 Ethernet activity status (yellow)
Power supply /
Current consumption
Environment
Device
CE Sign
Configuration software
Supply voltage
LINK0, LINK1 Ethernet link status (green)
+3.3 V ± 5 % DC
Maximum current/ power at 3,3 V 550…570 mA / max. 1.9 W
Ambient temperature range
Humidity range
Dimensions (L x W x H)
Operation: -20°C...+70°C,
Storage (device only): -40°C…+85 °C
Storage (device in package): -10°C…+85 °C
10 … 95 % relative humidity (non-condensing)
70 x 30 x 21.5 mm
Weight
Mounting/Installation approx. 22 g according to comX Design-Guide
RoHS yes
CE Sign
Emission
Immunity
System configurator yes
EN55011:2009 Class A; CISPR 11. Class A
According to IEC/EN 61000-4:1995, see below
SYCON.net
Table 95: Technical Data COMX 51CN-RE
comX | Communication Modules for Real-Time-Ethernet and Fieldbus
DOC100903UM05EN | Revision 5 | English | 2015-12 | Released | Public © Hilscher, 2010-2015
Technical Data 169/212
14.1.12 COMX 10CA-CCS
Important: All data specified here apply for the COMX 10CA-CCS,
Revision 1.
COMX 10CA-CCS
System interface
Part number
Communication Controller
Type
Integrated Memory
RAM/ FLASH
Size of Dual-Port-Memory
1561.740 netX 10 Processor
- /, 4 MB SPI-Flash-EPROM
Width for DPM data access
16 KB (14 address lines), where 8 KB used by firmware (13 address lines, lowest 8 KB)
8/16 Bit (switchable)
CC-Link Communication
CC-Link Interface
Diagnosis
Display
Rotary Switch
Power supply /Current consumption
Environment
Device
CE Sign
Configuration software
Type
Pin distance (Grid)
50 Pin SMT Connector, female
1.27 mm
Corresponding male connector SAMTEC TFM - 125 - 02 - S - D – A or TFC - 125 -
02 - F - D – A
Supported communication standard
Interface type
CC-Link Version 2.0 and 1.1 according to CC-Link
Standard V.2.00 BAP-05025-J
Potential-free RS-485 interface
Connector 5-pole screw connector (RIACON Type 166)
Transmission rates 156 kBit/s, 625 kBit/s, 2500 kBit/s, 5 MBit/s, 10
MBit/s
UART (RXD, TXD), USB (RX0, TX0, USB+, USB-) Diagnostic interfaces/ signals
LED Display
Adjustment of Address and
Baudrate
SYS System Status (green: RUN, yellow: RDY)
L RUN/L ERR Communication Status
(green: L RUN, red: L ERR)
2 Rotary Switches for Address and 1 Rotary Switch for Baudrate
Supply voltage +3.3 V ± 5 % DC
Typical current/ power at 3,3 V Approx. 225 mA / 0,75 W (at 3,3 V)
Ambient temperature range Operation: 0°C... +55°C,
Storage (device only): -40°C…+85 °C
Storage (device in package): -10°C…+85 °C
Humidity range
Dimensions (L x W x H)
Weight
Mounting/Installation
10 … 95 % relative humidity (non-condensing)
70 x 30 x 21.5 mm approx. 35-40 g
According to comX Design-Guide
RoHS yes
CE Sign
Emission
Immunity
System configurator yes
EN55011:2009 Class A; CISPR 11. Class A
According to IEC/EN 61000-4:1995, see below
SYCON.net
Table 96: Technical Data COMX 10CA-CCS
comX | Communication Modules for Real-Time-Ethernet and Fieldbus
DOC100903UM05EN | Revision 5 | English | 2015-12 | Released | Public © Hilscher, 2010-2015
Technical Data
14.1.13 COMX 10CN-CCS
170/212
Important: All data specified here apply for the COMX 10CN-CCS,
Revision 1.
COMX 10CN-CCS
Part number
Communication Controller
Type
1562.740 netX 10 Processor
Integrated Memory
RAM/ FLASH - /, 4 MB SPI-Flash-EPROM
System interface
CC-Link Communication
CC-Link Interface
Diagnosis
Display
Rotary Switch
Size of Dual-Port-Memory 16 KB (14 address lines), where 8 KB used by firmware (13 address lines, lowest 8 KB)
8/16 Bit (switchable) Width for DPM data access
Type
Pin distance (Grid)
50 Pin SMT Connector, female
1.27 mm
Corresponding male connector SAMTEC TFM - 125 - 02 - S - D – A or TFC - 125 -
02 - F - D – A
Supported communication standard
Interface type
Connector
CC-Link Version 2.0 and 1.1 according to CC-Link
Standard V.2.00 BAP-05025-J
Potential-free RS-485 interface
Transmission rates
Diagnostic interfaces/ signals
LED Display
30-pin SMT connector, female, grid distance 1.27 mm, see COMX Design Guide.
156 kBit/s, 625 kBit/s, 2500 kBit/s, 5 MBit/s, 10
MBit/s
UART (RXD, TXD), USB (RX0, TX0, USB+, USB-)
Adjustment of Address and
Baudrate
SYS System Status (green: RUN, yellow: RDY)
L RUN/L ERR Communication Status
(green: L RUN, red: L ERR)
2 Rotary Switches for Address and 1 Rotary Switch for Baudrate
Power supply /Current consumption
Environment
Device
CE Sign
Configuration software
Supply voltage +3.3 V ± 5 % DC
Typical current/ power at 3,3 V Approx. 225 mA / 0,75 W (at 3,3 V)
Ambient temperature range Operation: 0°C... +55°C,
Storage (device only): -40°C…+85 °C
Storage (device in package): -10°C…+85 °C
Humidity range
Dimensions (L x W x H)
Weight
10 … 95 % relative humidity (non-condensing)
70 x 30 x 21.5 mm approx. 35-40 g
Mounting/Installation According to comX Design-Guide
RoHS yes
CE Sign yes
Emission
Immunity
System configurator
EN55011:2009 Class A; CISPR 11. Class A
According to IEC/EN 61000-4:1995, see below
SYCON.net
Table 97: Technical Data COMX 10CN-CCS
comX | Communication Modules for Real-Time-Ethernet and Fieldbus
DOC100903UM05EN | Revision 5 | English | 2015-12 | Released | Public © Hilscher, 2010-2015
Technical Data 171/212
14.1.14 COMX 10CA-COS
COMX 10CA-COS
Communication Controller
Integrated Memory
System interface
CANopen
Communication
CANopen Interface
Diagnosis
Display
Rotary Switch
Power supply /Current consumption
Environment
Device
CE Sign
Configuration software
Important: All data specified here apply for the COMX 10CA-COS,
Revision 2.
Part number
Type
RAM/ FLASH
Size of Dual-Port-Memory
1561.540 netX 10 Processor
- /, 4 MB SPI-Flash-EPROM
16 KB (14 address lines), where 8 KB used by firmware (13 address lines, lowest 8 KB)
8/16 Bit (switchable) Width for DPM data access
Type
Pin distance (Grid)
50 Pin SMT Connector, female
1.27 mm
Corresponding male connector SAMTEC TFM - 125 - 02 - S - D – A or TFC - 125 -
02 - F - D – A
Supported communication standard
CANopen
Interface type
Connector
Potential-free ISO-11898-interface. According to
CANopen specification EN 50325/4.
DSub plug, male, 9-pin
Transmission rates
Diagnostic interfaces/ signals
10 kBit/s, 20 kBit/s, 50 kBit/s, 100 kBit/s,
125 kBit/s, 250 kBit/s, 500 kBit/s, 800 kBit/s,
1 MBit/s
UART (RXD, TXD), USB (RX0, TX0, USB+, USB-)
LED Display SYS System Status (green: RUN, yellow: RDY)
Adjustment of Address and
Baudrate
Supply voltage
CAN Communication status ( green: STA, red: ERR)
2 Rotary Switches for Address
+3.3 V ± 5 % DC
Typical current/ power at 3,3 V Approx.. 250 mA / 0.825 W (at 3,3 V)
Ambient temperature range
Humidity range
Dimensions (L x W x H)
Operation: -20°C...+70°C,
Storage (device only): -40°C…+85 °C
Storage (device in package): -10°C…+85 °C
10 … 95 % relative humidity (non-condensing)
70 x 30 x 21.5 mm
Weight
Mounting/Installation approx. 35-40 g
According to comX Design-Guide
RoHS yes
CE Sign
Emission
Immunity
System configurator yes
EN55011:2009 Class A; CISPR 11. Class A
According to IEC/EN 61000-4:1995, see below
SYCON.net
Table 98: Technical Data COMX 10CA-COS
The data mentioned under „Electrical Immunity to Interference and Radio
Frequency“
apply for the communication module COMX 10CA-COS,
Revision 1. comX | Communication Modules for Real-Time-Ethernet and Fieldbus
DOC100903UM05EN | Revision 5 | English | 2015-12 | Released | Public © Hilscher, 2010-2015
Technical Data 172/212
14.1.15 COMX 10CN-COS
Important: All data specified here apply for the COMX 10CN-COS,
Revision 1.
COMX 10CN-COS
System interface
Part number
Communication Controller
Type
Integrated Memory
RAM/ FLASH
Size of Dual-Port-Memory
1562.540 netX 10 Processor
- /, 4 MB SPI-Flash-EPROM
Width for DPM data access
16 KB (14 address lines), where 8 KB used by firmware (13 address lines, lowest 8 KB)
8/16 Bit (switchable)
CANopen Communication
CANopen Interface
Diagnosis
Display
Rotary Switch
Power supply /Current consumption
Environment
Device
CE Sign
Configuration software
Type
Pin distance (Grid)
Corresponding male connector SAMTEC TFM - 125 - 02 - S - D – A or TFC - 125 -
02 - F - D – A
Supported communication standard
CANopen
Interface type Potential-free ISO-11898-interface. According to
CANopen specification EN 50325/4.
Connector
50 Pin SMT Connector, female
1.27 mm
Transmission rates
30-pin SMT connector, female, grid distance 1.27 mm, see COMX Design Guide.
10 kBit/s, 20 kBit/s, 50 kBit/s, 100 kBit/s,
125 kBit/s, 250 kBit/s, 500 kBit/s, 800 kBit/s,
1 MBit/s
Diagnostic interfaces/ signals
LED Display
UART (RXD, TXD), USB (RX0, TX0, USB+, USB-)
SYS System Status
(green: RUN, yellow: RDY)
CAN Communication status
(green: STA, red: ERR)
Adjustment of Address and
Baudrate
Supply voltage
2 Rotary Switches for Address
+3.3 V ± 5 % DC
Typical current/ power at 3,3 V Approx.. 250 mA / 0.825 W (at 3,3 V)
Ambient temperature range Operation: -20°C...+65°C,
Storage (device only): -40°C…+85 °C
Storage (device in package): -10°C…+85 °C
Humidity range 10 … 95 % relative humidity (non-condensing)
Dimensions (L x W x H)
Weight
70 x 30 x 21.5 mm approx. 35-40 g
Mounting/Installation According to comX Design-Guide
RoHS yes
CE Sign yes
Emission
Immunity
System configurator
EN55011:2009 Class A; CISPR 11. Class A
According to IEC/EN 61000-4:1995, see below
SYCON.net
Table 99: Technical Data COMX 10CN-COS
comX | Communication Modules for Real-Time-Ethernet and Fieldbus
DOC100903UM05EN | Revision 5 | English | 2015-12 | Released | Public © Hilscher, 2010-2015
Technical Data
14.1.16 COMX 10CA-DNS
173/212
Important: All data specified here apply for the COMX 10CA-DNS,
Revision 2.
COMX 10CA-DNS
Part number
Communication Controller
Type
1561.520 netX 10 Processor
Integrated Memory
RAM/ FLASH - /, 4 MB SPI-Flash-EPROM
System interface
Rotary Switch
Power supply /Current consumption
Environment
Size of Dual-Port-Memory 16 KB (14 address lines), where 8 KB used by firmware (13 address lines, lowest 8 KB)
8/16 Bit (switchable)
50 Pin SMT Connector, female
1.27 mm
Corresponding male connector SAMTEC TFM - 125 - 02 - S - D – A or TFC - 125 -
02 - F - D – A
DeviceNet
DeviceNet Communication
Supported communication standard
DeviceNet Interface
Interface type Potential-free ISO-11898-interface according to
DeviceNet specification
Connector
Transmission rates
CombiCon connector , 5-pin
125 kBit/s, 250 kBit/s, 500 kBit/s,
Diagnosis
Display
Width for DPM data access
Type
Pin distance (Grid)
Diagnostic interfaces/ signals
LED Display
UART (RXD, TXD), USB (RX0, TX0, USB+, USB-)
SYS System Status (green: RUN, yellow: RDY)
MNS Module Network Status
( green: MS, red: NS)
2 Rotary Switches for Address Adjustment of Address and
Baudrate
Supply voltage +3.3 V ± 5 % DC
Typical current/ power at 3,3 V Approx.. 250 mA / 0.825 W (at 3,3 V)
Ambient temperature range Operation: -20°C...+70°C,
Storage (device only): -40°C…+85 °C
Storage (device in package): -10°C…+85 °C
Humidity range 10 … 95 % relative humidity (non-condensing)
Device
CE Sign
Configuration software
Dimensions (L x W x H)
Weight
Mounting/Installation
70 x 30 x 21.5 mm approx. 35-40 g
According to comX Design-Guide
RoHS yes
CE Sign yes
Emission EN55011:2009 Class A; CISPR 11. Class A
Immunity
System configurator
According to IEC/EN 61000-4:1995, see below
SYCON.net
Table 100: Technical Data COMX 10CA-DNS
The data mentioned under „Electrical Immunity to Interference and Radio
Frequency“
apply for the communication module COMX 10CA-DNS,
Revision 1. comX | Communication Modules for Real-Time-Ethernet and Fieldbus
DOC100903UM05EN | Revision 5 | English | 2015-12 | Released | Public © Hilscher, 2010-2015
Technical Data 174/212
14.1.17 COMX 10CN-DNS
Important: All data specified here apply for the COMX 10CN-DNS,
Revision 1.
COMX 10CN-DNS
System interface
Part number
Communication Controller
Type
Integrated Memory
RAM/ FLASH
Size of Dual-Port-Memory
1562.520 netX 10 Processor
- /, 4 MB SPI-Flash-EPROM
Width for DPM data access
16 KB (14 address lines), where 8 KB used by firmware (13 address lines, lowest 8 KB)
8/16 Bit (switchable)
Type
Pin distance (Grid)
Corresponding male connector SAMTEC TFM - 125 - 02 - S - D – A or TFC - 125 -
02 - F - D – A
DeviceNet
DeviceNet Communication
Supported communication standard
DeviceNet Interface
Interface type Potential-free ISO-11898-interface according to
DeviceNet specification
Connector
50 Pin SMT Connector, female
1.27 mm
30-pin SMT connector, female, grid distance 1.27 mm, see COMX Design Guide.
125 kBit/s, 250 kBit/s, 500 kBit/s,
Diagnosis
Display
Transmission rates
Diagnostic interfaces/ signals
LED Display
UART (RXD, TXD), USB (RX0, TX0, USB+, USB-)
SYS System Status (green: RUN, yellow: RDY)
Rotary Switch
Power supply /Current consumption
Environment
Device
Adjustment of Address and
Baudrate
MNS Module Network Status
( green: MS, red: NS)
2 Rotary Switches for Address
Supply voltage +3.3 V ± 5 % DC
Typical current/ power at 3,3 V Approx.. 250 mA / 0.825 W (at 3,3 V)
Ambient temperature range Operation: -20°C...+65°C,
Storage (device only): -40°C…+85 °C
Storage (device in package): -10°C…+85 °C
Humidity range
Dimensions (L x W x H)
Weight
10 … 95 % relative humidity (non-condensing)
70 x 30 x 21.5 mm approx. 35-40 g
CE Sign
Configuration software
Mounting/Installation According to comX Design-Guide
RoHS yes
CE Sign yes
Emission
Immunity
System configurator
EN55011:2009 Class A; CISPR 11. Class A
According to IEC/EN 61000-4:1995, see below
SYCON.net
Table 101: Technical Data COMX 10CN-DNS
The data mentioned under „Electrical Immunity to Interference and Radio
Frequency“
apply for the communication module COMX 10CN-DNS,
Revision 1. comX | Communication Modules for Real-Time-Ethernet and Fieldbus
DOC100903UM05EN | Revision 5 | English | 2015-12 | Released | Public © Hilscher, 2010-2015
Technical Data 175/212
14.1.18 COMX 10CA-DPS
Important: All data specified here apply for the COMX 10CA-DPS,
Revision 2.
COMX 10CA-DPS
System interface
Part number
Communication Controller
Type
Integrated Memory
RAM/ FLASH
Size of Dual-Port-Memory
1561.420 netX 10 Processor
- /, 4 MB SPI-Flash-EPROM
Width for DPM data access
16 KB (14 address lines), where 8 KB used by firmware (13 address lines, lowest 8 KB)
8/16 Bit (switchable)
Type
Pin distance (Grid)
50 Pin SMT Connector, female
1.27 mm
Corresponding male connector SAMTEC TFM - 125 - 02 - S - D – A or TFC - 125 -
02 - F - D – A
PROFIBUS DP
PROFIBUS Communication
Supported communication standard
PROFIBUS Interface
Interface type
Connector
Potential free RS-485 Interface
DSub connector, female, 9-pin
Transmission rates 9,6 kBit/s, 19,2 kBit/s, 31,25 kBit/s, 45,45 kBit/s,
93,75 kBit/s, 187,5 kBit/s, 500 kBit/s,
1,5 MBit/s, 3 MBit/s, 6 MBit/s,12 MBit/s
Auto-Detection yes
Diagnosis
Display
Rotary Switch
Power supply /Current consumption
Environment
Device
CE Sign
Configuration software
Diagnostic interfaces/ signals
LED Display
UART (RXD, TXD), USB (RX0, TX0, USB+, USB-)
SYS System Status (green: RUN, yellow: RDY)
COM Communication status
( green: STA, red:
ERR)
2 Rotary Switches for Address
Adjustment of Address and
Baudrate
Supply voltage +3.3 V ± 5 % DC
Typical current/ power at 3,3 V Approx. 200 mA / 0,66 W (at 3,3 V)
Ambient temperature range
Humidity range max- 1005 mA at bus short circuit
Operation: -20°C...+70°C,
Storage (device only): -40°C…+85 °C
Storage (device in package): -10°C…+85 °C
10 … 95 % relative humidity (non-condensing)
Dimensions (L x W x H)
Weight
Mounting/Installation
70 x 30 x 21.5 mm approx. 35-40 g
According to comX Design-Guide
RoHS yes
CE Sign yes
Emission EN55011:2009 Class A; CISPR 11. Class A
Immunity
System configurator
According to IEC/EN 61000-4:1995, see below
SYCON.net
Table 102: Technical Data COMX 10CA-DPS
The data mentioned under „Electrical Immunity to Interference and Radio
Frequency“
apply for the communication module COMX 10CA-DPS,
Revision 1. comX | Communication Modules for Real-Time-Ethernet and Fieldbus
DOC100903UM05EN | Revision 5 | English | 2015-12 | Released | Public © Hilscher, 2010-2015
Technical Data 176/212
14.1.19 COMX 10CN-DPS
Important: All data specified here apply for the COMX 10CN-DPS,
Revision 1.
COMX 10CN-DPS
System interface
Part number
Communication Controller
Type
Integrated Memory
RAM/ FLASH
Size of Dual-Port-Memory
1562.420 netX 10 Processor
- /, 4 MB SPI-Flash-EPROM
Width for DPM data access
16 KB (14 address lines), where 8 KB used by firmware (13 address lines, lowest 8 KB)
8/16 Bit (switchable)
Type
Pin distance (Grid)
Corresponding male connector SAMTEC TFM - 125 - 02 - S - D – A or TFC - 125 -
02 - F - D – A
PROFIBUS DP
PROFIBUS Communication
Supported communication standard
PROFIBUS Interface
Interface type Potential free RS-485 Interface
Connector
50 Pin SMT Connector, female
1.27 mm
Transmission rates
30-pin SMT connector, female, grid distance 1.27 mm, see COMX Design Guide.
9,6 kBit/s, 19,2 kBit/s, 31,25 kBit/s, 45,45 kBit/s,
93,75 kBit/s, 187,5 kBit/s, 500 kBit/s,
1,5 MBit/s, 3 MBit/s, 6 MBit/s,12 MBit/s
Diagnosis
Display
Rotary Switch
Power supply /Current consumption
Environment
Auto-Detection yes
Diagnostic interfaces/ signals
LED Display
UART (RXD, TXD), USB (RX0, TX0, USB+, USB-)
SYS System Status (green: RUN, yellow: RDY)
COM Communication status ( green: STA, red:
ERR)
2 Rotary Switches for Address Adjustment of Address and
Baudrate
Supply voltage +3.3 V ± 5 % DC
Typical current/ power at 3,3 V Approx. 200 mA / 0,66 W (at 3,3 V) max- 1005 mA at bus short circuit
Ambient temperature range Operation: -20°C...+65°C,
Storage (device only): -40°C…+85 °C
Storage (device in package): -10°C…+85 °C
Device
CE Sign
Configuration software
Humidity range
Dimensions (L x W x H)
Weight
10 … 95 % relative humidity (non-condensing)
70 x 30 x 21.5 mm approx. 35-40 g
Mounting/Installation According to comX Design-Guide
RoHS yes
CE Sign yes
Emission
Immunity
System configurator
EN55011:2009 Class A; CISPR 11. Class A
According to IEC/EN 61000-4:1995, see below
SYCON.net
Table 103: Technical Data COMX 10CN-DPS
comX | Communication Modules for Real-Time-Ethernet and Fieldbus
DOC100903UM05EN | Revision 5 | English | 2015-12 | Released | Public © Hilscher, 2010-2015
Technical Data 177/212
14.2 Electrical Immunity to Interference and Radio Frequency
Test Electrostatic discharge (ESD) according
to IEC/EN 61000-4-2:1995
Contact discharge method
Fast transient interferences
(Burst), according to IEC/EN 61000-4-
4:1995
Communication and data lines
Method
Module/Revision
Air discharge method
COMX 100CA-RE Rev. 3 8 kV Criterion B
COMX 100CN-RE Rev. 1 8 kV Criterion A
COMX 100CA-CO Rev.2 10 kV Criterion A
COMX 100CN-CO Rev.1 10 kV Criterion B
COMX 100CA-DN Rev.2 8 kV Criterion B
COMX 100CN-DN Rev.1 10 kV Criterion B
COMX 100CA-DP Rev.2 10 kV Criterion A
COMX 100CN-DP Rev.1 10 kV Criterion B
COMX 50CA-REFO Rev.1 10 kV Criterion B
COMX 51CA-RE Rev.1 8 kV Criterion A
COMX 51CN-RE Rev.1 8 kV Criterion A
COMX 10CA-CCS Rev.1 8 kV Criterion B
COMX 10CN-CCS Rev.1 8 kV Criterion B
COMX 10CA-COS Rev.1 10 kV Criterion B
COMX 10CN-COS Rev.1 10 kV Criterion B
COMX 10CA-DNS Rev.1 8 kV Criterion B
COMX 10CN-DNS Rev.1 10 kV Criterion B
COMX 10CA-DPS Rev.1 8 kV Criterion B
COMX 10CN- DPS Rev.1 10 kV Criterion B
4 kV Criterion B
4 kV Criterion B
6 kV Criterion A
6 kV Criterion B
4 kV Criterion B
6 kV Criterion B
6 kV Criterion A
6 kV Criterion B
6 kV Criterion B
6 kV Criterion B
6 kV Criterion A
6 kV Criterion B
6 kV Criterion B
6 kV Criterion B
6 kV Criterion B
4 kV Criterion B
6 kV Criterion B
6 kV Criterion B
6 kV Criterion B
2 kV Criterion B
2 kV Criterion B
2 kV Criterion A
2 kV Criterion A
2 kV Criterion B
2 kV Criterion B
2 kV Criterion A
2 kV Criterion A
2 kV Criterion B
2.2 kV Criterion B
2.2 kV Criterion B
2.5 kV Criterion B
2.5 kV Criterion B
2 kV Criterion B
2 kV Criterion B
2 kV Criterion B
2 kV Criterion B
2.2 kV Criterion B
2.5 kV Criterion A
Surge voltage, according to
IEC/EN 61000-4-
5:1995
Communication and data lines
1 kV Criterion A
1 kV Criterion B
1 kV Criterion A
1 kV Criterion A
0.6 kV Criterion B
0.5 kV Criterion B
1 kV Criterion A
1 kV Criterion A
-
1 kV Criterion A
1 kV Criterion A
1 kV Criterion A
1 kV Criterion A
1 kV Criterion A
1 kV Criterion A
0.5 kV Criterion B
1 kV Criterion A
1 kV Criterion B
1 kV Criterion A
Table 104: Electrical Immunity to Interference and Radio Frequency COMX Modules
The criteria are specified according to the definition given in
EN 61131-2:2007. comX | Communication Modules for Real-Time-Ethernet and Fieldbus
DOC100903UM05EN | Revision 5 | English | 2015-12 | Released | Public © Hilscher, 2010-2015
Technical Data 178/212
14.3 Technical Data Evaluation Board COMXEB
COMXEB
Product
Power supply
Host interface
Operating elements
Parameter
Part number
Supply voltage (range)
Value
1530.000
24V DC ± 6V DC
Typical current/ power consumption at 24 V
Power adaptor
Depends mainly on used comX module
Type TPS54360
Connection via socket
Socket for power adaptor 2-pin
CombiCon, 3-pin Alternative power connector
Dual-port memory
SPM
SPM over USB
Connector 68-pin
Pin distance 0.635 mm
Pin header, 16-pin
Switches
USB, Type B, 5-pin
(currently not supported)
4 slide switches
Switching host-controlled/ boardcontrolled access
Switching DPM/SPM
Switching 8 bit/16 bit
Switching SPM over pin header or USB
Buttons Reset
Jumper fields for AIFX interface
2x, each 16-pin
For configuration
Jumper for boot mode 2-pin
LED display comX interface
Power supply
Communication status
Ethernet Link/Activity
Suited for
COMX-CA
Suited for
COMX-CN-Fieldbus
Suited for
COMX-CN-Real-time
Ethernet
PROFIBUS-DP interface
CANopen interface
Type
Connector
Type
+3.3 V: 1 LED green
5 V USB/FTDI Chip: 1 LED green
STA/ERR Duo-LED green / red
STA2/ERR2 Duo-LED green/ red
(not used)
STA_CG/ STA1_CR
Duo-LED green / red
STA0_CG/ STA0_CR
Duo-LED green / red
CH0_LINK (green)/CH0_ACT
(yellow )
CH1_LINK (green)/CH1_ACT
(yellow)
Connector 50-pin
Pin distance 1.27 mm (male)
Connector 50-pin
Pin distance 1.27 mm (male)
Connector 30-pin
Pin distance 1.27 mm (male)
Connector 50-pin
Pin distance 1.27 mm (male)
Connector 30-pin
Pin distance 1.27 mm (male)
RS-485, potential-free
Sub-D, 9-pin, female
ISO 11898 interface, potentialfree comX | Communication Modules for Real-Time-Ethernet and Fieldbus
DOC100903UM05EN | Revision 5 | English | 2015-12 | Released | Public © Hilscher, 2010-2015
Technical Data
DeviceNet interface
Connector
Type
179/212
Sub-D, 9-pin, male
ISO 11898 interface, potentialfree
RS-485, potential-free
CC-Link interface
Type
Ethernet interface
Diagnostic interface (for firmware download and configuration)
Extension interface
Type
Connector
UART
USB
100 BASE-TX, isolated
10 BASE-T (depending on loaded
Firmware)
2 x RJ45
9 pin D-Sub Plug RS232
Mini-USB-Socket Type B, 5-pin
Interfaces for power supply
Additional pin headers
Device
For AIFX Interface 10-pin
Connection for AIFX-DP, AIFX-
CO, AIFX-DN and AIFX-CC
Socket for power adaptor in scope of delivery
Socket for external power supply
2-pin
3-pin, green
SYNC/UART1 10-pin
16-pin Jumper fields(2x) for AIFX interface
Dimensions (L x B x H) 138 x 135 x 19 mm
(Height measured without comX, with plastic feet)
Weight
Operating temperature range
Approx. 153 g
Operation: -20C°... +70°C
Storage temperature range
Storage (device only):
-40°C…+85 °C
Storage (device in package):
-10°C…+85 °C
RoHS yes
Emission and immunity CE Sign no (see below)
Table 105: Technical Data Evaluation Board COMXEB
Important: The device is only designed for testing purposes and not intended for use in industrial production facilities. Therefore it does not have any CE sign. comX | Communication Modules for Real-Time-Ethernet and Fieldbus
DOC100903UM05EN | Revision 5 | English | 2015-12 | Released | Public © Hilscher, 2010-2015
Technical Data 180/212
14.4 Technical Data of Communication Protocols
14.4.1 EtherCAT Master
Parameter
Maximum number of EtherCAT slaves
Maximum number of cyclic input data
Maximum number of cyclic output data
Minimum bus cycle time
Acyclic communication
Functions
Bus Scan
Description
Maximum 200 Slaves. The number of usable slaves depends on the available memory for the configuration file. See ‘configuration file’ below.
5760 bytes
5760 bytes
205 µs, depending on the used number of slaves and the used number of cyclic input data and output data. Recommended is a cycle time of 1 ms and higher.
CoE (CANopen over EtherCAT)
CoE-Upload, CoE-Download
Maximum 1500 bytes
Get OD List
Get object description
Get entry description
Emergency
Slave diagnostics
Supported
Distributed Clocks
Topology
Baud rate
Data transport layer
Configuration File (ethercat.xml or config.nxd)
Limitations
Reference to firmware/stack version
Supported, but not at the same time with Redundancy
Line or ring
100 MBit/s
Ethernet II, IEEE 802.3
COMX 10CA-RE, COMX 100CN-RE: Maximum 2 MByte
The size of the bus configuration file is limited by the size of the
RAM Disk (1 MByte) or FLASH disk (2 MByte).
All CoE Uploads, Downloads and information services must fit in one TLR-Packet. Fragmentation is not supported
Distributed Clock and Redundancy cannot be used at the same time.
V3.0.x.x
Table 106: Technical Data EtherCAT Master Protocol
comX | Communication Modules for Real-Time-Ethernet and Fieldbus
DOC100903UM05EN | Revision 5 | English | 2015-12 | Released | Public © Hilscher, 2010-2015
Technical Data 181/212
14.4.2 EtherCAT Slave
Parameter Description
COMX 51XX-RE
Maximum number of cyclic input data 1024 bytes
Maximum number of cyclic output data 1024 bytes
Acyclic communication
Type
SDO
SDO Master-Slave
SDO Slave-Slave (depending on
Master capability)
Complex Slave
Description
COMX 100XX-RE
256* bytes
256* bytes
SDO
SDO Master-Slave
SDO Slave-Slave (depending on
Master capability)
Complex Slave
Functions Emergency Emergency
FMMUs 8 3
SYNC Manager
Distributed Clocks (DC)
4
Supported, 32 Bit
4
Supported, 32 Bit
Baud rate
Data transport layer
Limitation
Reference to firmware/stack version
100 MBit/s
Ethernet II, IEEE 802.3
LRW is not supported
V4.2.x.x
100 MBit/s
Ethernet II, IEEE 802.3
LRW is not supported
V2.5.x.x and V4.2.x.x
Table 107: Technical Data EtherCAT Slave Protocol
Note for COMX 100XX-RE: * The loadable firmware supports for the number of cyclic input data and for cyclic output data in total up to 512 bytes. If more than 256 bytes for input data or for output data shall be exchanged via EtherCAT, then a customer specific XML file is necessary.
Additionally the following formula applies: The sum of the input data length and the ouput data length may not exceed 512 bytes, where each length has to be rounded up to the next multiple of 4 for this calculation. comX | Communication Modules for Real-Time-Ethernet and Fieldbus
DOC100903UM05EN | Revision 5 | English | 2015-12 | Released | Public © Hilscher, 2010-2015
Technical Data 182/212
14.4.3 EtherNet/IP Scanner (Master)
Parameter
Maximum number of EtherNet/IP connections
Maximum number of total cyclic input data
Maximum number of total cyclic output data
Maximum number of cyclic input data
Maximum number of cyclic output data
IO Connection type
Description
64 connections for implicit and explicit
5712 bytes
5760 bytes
504 bytes per slave per telegram
504 bytes per slave per telegram
Cyclic, minimum 1 ms (depending on used number of connections and used number of input and output data)
Maximum number of unscheduled data
UCMM, Class 3
Explicit Messages, Client and Server Services
Quick connect
Predefined standard objects
1400 bytes per telegram
Supported
Get_Attribute_Single/All
Set_Attribute_Single/All
Supported
Identity Object
Message Route Object
Assembly Object
Connection Manager
Ethernet Link Object
TCP/IP Object
DLR Object
QoS Object
20
Tree, Line, Ring
Maximal number of user specific objects
Topology
DLR (Device Level Ring)
ACD (Address Conflict Detection)
Beacon based ’Ring Node’
Supported
DHCP Supported
BOOTP Supported
Baud rates
Data transport layer
Switch function
Limitations
Reference to firmware/stack version
10 and 100 MBit/s
Ethernet II, IEEE 802.3
Integrated
CIP Sync Services are not implemented
TAGs are not supported
V2.6.x.x
Table 108: Technical Data EtherNet/IP Scanner (Master) Protocol
comX | Communication Modules for Real-Time-Ethernet and Fieldbus
DOC100903UM05EN | Revision 5 | English | 2015-12 | Released | Public © Hilscher, 2010-2015
Technical Data 183/212
14.4.4 EtherNet/IP Adapter (Slave)
Parameter
Maximum number of input data
Maximum number of output data
IO connection types (implicit)
IO Connection trigger types
Description
504 bytes
504 bytes
1 exclusive owner, 1 listen only, 1 input only
Cyclic, minimum 1 ms*
Application Triggered, minimum 1 ms*
Change Of State, minimum 1 ms*
* depending on number of connections and number of input and output data
Connected and unconnected
8, explicit and implicit connections
Supported
Supported
Explicit Messages
Maximum number of connections
Unconnected Message Manager (UCMM)
Quick connect
Predefined standard objects Identity Object
Message Route Object
Assembly Object
Connection Manager
DLR Object
QoS Object
TCP/IP Object
Ethernet Link Object
Reset services
Maximum number of user specific objects
DLR V2 (ring topology)
ACD (Address Conflict Detection)
Identity Object Reset Service of Type 0 and 1
20
Supported
Supported
DHCP Supported
BOOTP Supported
Baud rates 10 and 100 MBit/s
Duplex modes
MDI modes
Data transport layer
Switch function
Limitations
Reference to firmware/stack version
Half duplex, Full duplex, Auto negotiation
MDI, MDI-X, Auto-MDIX
Ethernet II, IEEE 802.3
Integrated
CIP Sync Services are not implemented
TAGs are not supported
V2.7.x.x
Table 109: Technical Data EtherNet/IP Adapter (Slave) Protocol
comX | Communication Modules for Real-Time-Ethernet and Fieldbus
DOC100903UM05EN | Revision 5 | English | 2015-12 | Released | Public © Hilscher, 2010-2015
Technical Data 184/212
Parameter
Maximum number of input data
Maximum number of output data
Acyclic communication
Modbus Function Codes
Protocol Mode
Baud rates
Data transport layer
Reference to firmware/stack version
Description
2880 Registers
2880 Registers
Read/Write Register:
- Maximum 125 Registers per Read Telegram (FC 3, 4, 23),
- Maximum 121 Registers per Write Telegram (FC 23),
- Maximum 123 Registers per Write Telegram (FC 16)
Read/Write Coil:
- Maximum 2000 Coils per Read Telegram (FC 1, 2),
- Maximum 1968 Coils per Write Telegram (FC 15)
1,
2,
3,
4,
5,
6,
7,
15,
16,
23*
* Function Code 23 can be used via the packet API, but not with the Command Table.
Message Mode (Client Mode):
- Client (using the Command Table: The data is stored in the I/O process data image)
- Client (using the packet API: The I/O process data image is not used)
- Server (using the packet API: The I/O process data image is not used)
I/O Mode (Server Mode):
- Server (only) (The data is stored in the I/O process data image)
10 and 100 MBit/s
Ethernet II, IEEE 802.3
V2.5.x.x
Table 110: Technical Data Open Modbus/TCP Protocol
14.4.6 Powerlink Controlled Node/Slave
Parameter
Maximum number of cyclic input data
Maximum number of cyclic output data
Acyclic data transfer
Functions
Baud rate
Data transport layer
Ethernet POWERLINK version
Limitation
Reference to firmware/stack version
Description
1490 bytes
1490 bytes
SDO Upload/Download
SDO over ASND and UDP
100 MBit/s, half-duplex
Ethernet II, IEEE 802.3
V 2
No slave to slave communication
V2.1.x.x
Table 111: Technical Data POWERLINK Controlled Node (Slave) Protocol
comX | Communication Modules for Real-Time-Ethernet and Fieldbus
DOC100903UM05EN | Revision 5 | English | 2015-12 | Released | Public © Hilscher, 2010-2015
Technical Data 185/212
14.4.7 PROFINET IO-RT-Controller (Master)
Parameter Description
Maximum number of PROFINET IO Devices 128
Maximum number of total cyclic input data 5712 bytes (including IOxS status bytes)
Maximum number of total cyclic output data 5760 bytes (including IOxS status bytes)
Maximum number of cyclic input data
Maximum number of cyclic output data
1440 bytes per device (= IOCR data length including IOxS status bytes)
1440 bytes per device (= IOCR data length including IOxS status bytes)
Acyclic communication
Alarm processing
Diagnostic data
Read/Write Record
Limited to 1392 bytes per telegram
Limited to 4096 bytes per request yes, but requires handling in host application program
One 200 byte buffer per IO device
DCP functions via API
Supported Protocols
Context management by CL-RPC
Minimum cycle time
Functions
Baud rate
Data transport layer
Configuration file
Limitations
Name Assignment IO-Devices (DCP SET NameOfStation)
Set IO-Devices IP (DCP SET IP)
Signal IO-Device (DCP SET SIGNAL)
Reset IO-Device to factory settings (DCP Reset FactorySettings)
Bus scan (DCP IDENTIFY ALL)
RTC – Real Time Cyclic Protocol, Class 1
RTA – Real Time Acyclic Protocol
DCP – Discovery and configuration Protocol
CL-RPC – Connectionless Remote Procedure Call
Supported
1 ms
Different IO-Devices can be configured with different cycle times
Fast Startup of PROFINET IO Devices supported
100 MBit/s
Full-Duplex mode
Ethernet II, IEEE 802.3
Maximum 1 MByte
RT over UDP not supported
Multicast communication not supported
DHCP is not supported (neither for PROFINET IO-Controller nor for the IO-Devices)
Only one IOCR per IO Device
NameOfStation of IO Controller CANNOT be set using the DCP SET
NameOfStation service but only at start-up while configuring the IO
Controller
The buffer for IO-Device diagnosis data will be overwritten in case of multiple diagnostic events. Only one (the last) event is stored at the same time. If a single event produces more than 200 bytes of diagnosis data, only the first 200 bytes will be taken care of.
The usable (minimum) cycle time depends on the number of used IO
Devices, the number of used input and output data. The cycle-time, the number of configured IO Devices and the amount of IO data depend on each other. For example it is not possible due to performance reasons to have 128 IO Devices communication with cycle-time 1ms.
The size of the bus configuration file is limited by the size of the RAM
Disk (1 MByte)
WriteMultiple-Record service is not supported comX | Communication Modules for Real-Time-Ethernet and Fieldbus
DOC100903UM05EN | Revision 5 | English | 2015-12 | Released | Public © Hilscher, 2010-2015
Technical Data
Parameter
Reference to firmware/stack version
Description
V2.6.x.x
Table 112: Technical Data PROFINET IO RT Controller
186/212
14.4.8 PROFINET IO Device (V3.4)
Parameter
Maximum number of cyclic input data
Maximum number of cyclic output data
Acyclic communication
Alarm Types
Supported protocols
Used Protocols (subset)
Topology recognition
VLAN- and priority tagging
Context Management by CL-RPC
Identification & Maintenance
Minimum cycle time
Baud rate
Data transport layer
Limitations
Reference to firmware/stack version
Description
1024 bytes
1024 bytes
Read/Write Record, max. 1024 bytes per telegram
Process Alarm, Diagnostic Alarm, Return of SubModule Alarm
Plug Alarm (implicit), Pull Alarm (implicit)
RTC – Real Time Cyclic Protocol, Class 1 and 2 (unsynchronized), Class
3 (synchronized)
RTA – Real Time Acyclic Protocol
DCP – Discovery and configuration Protocol
CL-RPC – Connectionless Remote Procedure Call
LLDP – Link Layer Discovery Protocol
SNMP – Simple Network Management Protocol
MRP – MRP Client
UDP, IP, ARP, ICMP (Ping)
LLDP, SNMP V1, MIB2, physical device yes
Supported
Read and write of I&M1-4
1 ms for RTC1 and RTC2
250 µs for RTC3
100 MBit/s
Ethernet II, IEEE 802.3
RT over UDP not supported
Multicast communication not supported
Only one device instance is supported
DHCP is not supported
IRT “flex” (synchronized RT Class 2) is not supported
FastStartUp is not supported.
Media Redundancy (except MRP client) is not supported
Access to the submodule granular status bytes (IOCS) is not supported.
The amount of configured IO-data influences the minimum cycle time that can be reached.
Supervisor-AR is not supported, Supervisor-DA-AR is supported
Only 1 Input-CR and 1 Output-CR are supported
Multiple WriteRequests are not supported
Using little endian (LSB-MSB) byte order for cyclic process data instead of default big endian (MSB-LSB) byte order may have an negative impact on minimum reachable cycle time
V3.4.x.x
Table 113: Technical Data PROFINET IO RT IRT Device Protocol
comX | Communication Modules for Real-Time-Ethernet and Fieldbus
DOC100903UM05EN | Revision 5 | English | 2015-12 | Released | Public © Hilscher, 2010-2015
Technical Data 187/212
14.4.9 PROFINET IO Device (V3.5)
Parameter
Maximum number of cyclic input data
Maximum number of cyclic output data
Maximum number of submodules
Multiple Application Relations (AR)
Acyclic communication
Alarm types
Supported protocols
Topology recognition
Identification & Maintenance
Minimum cycle time
IRT Support
Media Redundancy
Additional features
Baud rate
Data transport layer
PROFINET IO specification
Limitations
Description
1440 bytes
1440 bytes
255 submodules per Application Relation at the same time,
1000 submodules can be configured
The Stack can handle up to 2 IO-ARs, one Supervisor AR and one
Supervisor-DA AR at the same time
Read/Write Record, max. 1024 bytes per telegram
Process Alarm, Diagnostic Alarm, Return of SubModule Alarm,
Plug Alarm (implicit), Pull Alarm (implicit)
RTC – Real Time Cyclic Protocol class 1 (unsynchronized), class 3 (synchronized)
RTA – Real Time Acyclic Protocol
DCP – Discovery and configuration Protocol
CL-RPC – Connectionless Remote Procedure Call
LLDP – Link Layer Discovery Protocol
SNMP – Simple Network Management Protocol
MRP – MRP Client
LLDP, SNMP V1, MIB2, physical device
Read and write of I&M1-4
1 ms for RT_CLASS_1
1 ms for RT_CLASS_3 (COMX 50XX-RE)
500 µs for RT_CLASS_3 (COMX 51XX-RE)
250 µs for RT_CLASS_3 (COMX 100XX-RE)
RT_CLASS_3
MRP client is supported
DCP, VLAN- and priority tagging, Shared Device
100 MBit/s
Ethernet II, IEEE 802.3
V2.2 (legacy startup) and
V2.3 (but advanced startup only for RT) are supported
RT over UDP not supported
Multicast communication not supported
Only one device instance is supported
DHCP is not supported
FastStartUp is not supported
The amount of configured IO-data influences the minimum cycle time that can be reached.
Only 1 Input-CR and 1 Output-CR are supported
Using little endian (LSB-MSB) byte order for cyclic process data instead of default big endian (MSB-LSB) byte order may have an negative impact on minimum reachable cycle time
System Redundancy (SR-AR) and Configuration-in-Run (CiR) are not supported
Max. 255 submodules can be used simultaneously within one specific
Application Relation
Advanced Startup according Profinet specification V2.3 is NOT yet supported for IRT
As there is no official certification available for Profinet IO specification
V2.3 at the time of release of the stack there is no guarantee that this implementation will pass such a certification once it is available comX | Communication Modules for Real-Time-Ethernet and Fieldbus
DOC100903UM05EN | Revision 5 | English | 2015-12 | Released | Public © Hilscher, 2010-2015
Technical Data
Parameter
Reference to firmware/stack version
Description
V3.5.26.x
Table 114: Technical Data PROFINET IO RT IRT Device Protocol
14.4.10 Sercos-Master
Parameter
Maximum number of cyclic input data
Maximum number of cyclic output data
Maximum number of configured slave devices
Minimum cycle time
Acyclic communication
Description
5760 bytes (including Connection Control per Connection)
5760 bytes (including Connection Control per Connection)
511
250 µs
Service channel: Read/Write/Commands
188/212
Communication phases NRT, CP0, CP1, CP2, CP3, CP4
Topology Line and double ring
Redundancy supported
Hot-Plug supported
Cross Communication supported, but only if the master is configured by the host application program by packets.
Baud rate
Data transport layer
100 MBit/s, full duplex
Ethernet II, IEEE 802.3
Auto crossover
Supported sercos version
TCP/IP stack
Limitation
Reference to firmware/stack version supported
Communication Specification Version 1.3 integrated
NRT channel not usable via the API.
V2.1.x.x
Table 115: Technical Data sercos Master Protocol
comX | Communication Modules for Real-Time-Ethernet and Fieldbus
DOC100903UM05EN | Revision 5 | English | 2015-12 | Released | Public © Hilscher, 2010-2015
Technical Data 189/212
14.4.11 Sercos-Slave
Parameter
COMX 51XX-RE: Maximum number of cyclic input data
(Tx) of all slaves
COMX 51XX-RE: Maximum number of cyclic output data
(Rx) of all slaves
COMX 100XX-RE: Maximum number of cyclic input data
(Tx) of all slaves
COMX 100XX-RE: Maximum number of cyclic output data (Rx) of all slaves
Maximum number of slave devices
Maximum number of applicable sercos addresses
Minimum cycle time
Topology
Communication phases
Acyclic Communication (Service Channel)
Baud rate
Data transport layer
Supported sercos version
Supported sercos Communication Profiles
Supported User SCP Profiles
Supported FSP profiles
Description
254 bytes (including Connection Control and IO Status)
254 bytes (including Connection Control and IO Status)
128 bytes (including Connection Control and IO Status)
128 bytes (including Connection Control and IO Status)
8
1 … 511
250 µs
Line and ring
NRT, CP0, CP1, CP2, CP3, CP4
Read/Write/Standard Commands
100 MBit/s
Ethernet II, IEEE 802.3 sercos in the third generation
Communication Specification Version 1.1.2
SCP_FixCFG Version 1.1.1
SCP_VarCFG Version 1.1.1
SCP_VarCFG Version 1.1.3
SCP_WD Version 1.1.1
SCP_Diag Version 1.1.1
SCP_RTB Version 1.1.1
SCP_Mux Version 1.1.1
SCP_Sig Version 1.1.1
SCP_ExtMuX Version 1.1.2
SCP_RTBListProd Version 1.3
SCP_RTBListCons Version 1.3
SCP_RTBWordProd Version 1.3
SCP_RTBWordCons Version 1.3
SCP_OvSBasic Version 1.3
SCP_WDCon Version 1.3
FSP_IO
FSP_Drive
SCP Sync Supported
S/IP Supported
Identification LED Supported
Storage location of object dictionary
Limitations
Reference to firmware/stack version mixed mode
Max. 2 connections: 1 for consumer and 1 for producer
Modifications of the Service-Channel Object Dictionary will be volatile after reset (if it resides on device)
Hot plug is not supported yet
Cross communication not supported yet
NRT Channel only forwarding
V3.1.x.x
Table 116: Technical Data sercos Slave Protocol
comX | Communication Modules for Real-Time-Ethernet and Fieldbus
DOC100903UM05EN | Revision 5 | English | 2015-12 | Released | Public © Hilscher, 2010-2015
Technical Data
14.4.12 VARAN Client
Parameter
Maximum number of cyclic input data
Maximum number of cyclic output data
Memory Area
Description
128 bytes
128 bytes
Read Memory Area 1,
Write Memory Area 1
190/212
Memory Write
Integrated 2 port splitter for daisy chain topology Supported
Baud rate 100 MBit/s
Data transport layer
VARAN protocol version
Limitations
Reference to firmware/stack version
Ethernet II, IEEE 802.3
1.1.1.0
Integrated EMAC for IP data exchange with client application not supported
SPI single commands (optional feature) not supported
Memory area 2 is not supported.
V1.0.x.x
Table 117: Technical Data VARAN Client Protocol
comX | Communication Modules for Real-Time-Ethernet and Fieldbus
DOC100903UM05EN | Revision 5 | English | 2015-12 | Released | Public © Hilscher, 2010-2015
Technical Data 191/212
14.4.13 CANopen Master
Parameter
Maximum number of CANopen nodes
Maximum number of cyclic input data
Maximum number of cyclic output data
Maximum number of receive PDOs
Maximum number of transmit PDOs
Exchange of process data
Acyclic communication
Functions
Baud rates
CAN layer 2 access
Data transport layer
CAN Frame type for CANopen
Reference to version
Description
126
3584 bytes
3584 bytes
512
512
Via PDO transfer:
- synchronized,
- remotely requested and
- event driven (change of date)
SDO Upload/Download, max. 512 bytes per request
Emergency message (consumer and producer)
Node guarding / life guarding, heartbeat
PDO mapping
NMT Master
SYNC protocol (producer)
Simple boot-up process, reading object 1000H for identification
10 kBits/s,
20 kBits/s,
50 kBits/s,
100 kBits/s,
125 kBits/s,
250 kBits/s,
500 kBits/s,
800 kBits/s,
1 MBits/s
Send/receive via API supported (11 bit/29 bit)
CAN Frames
11 Bit
V2.11.x.x
Table 118: Technical Data CANopen Master Protocol
comX | Communication Modules for Real-Time-Ethernet and Fieldbus
DOC100903UM05EN | Revision 5 | English | 2015-12 | Released | Public © Hilscher, 2010-2015
Technical Data
14.4.14 CANopen Slave
192/212
14.4.14.1 CANopen Slave COMX 100
Parameter
Maximum number of cyclic input data
Maximum number of cyclic output data
Maximum number of receive PDOs
Maximum number of transmit PDOs
Exchange of process data
Acyclic communication
Functions
Baud rates
CAN layer 2 access
Data transport layer
CAN Frame type for CANopen
Reference to firmware/stack version
Description
512 bytes
512 bytes
64
64
Via PDO transfer
- synchronized,
- remotely requested and
- event driven (change of date, event timer)
On request of the host application program by packet
SDO upload/download (server only)
Emergency message (producer)
Timestamp (producer/consumer)
Node guarding / life guarding
Heartbeat: 1 producer, max. 64 consumer
PDO mapping
NMT Slave
SYNC protocol (consumer)
Error behaviour (configurable):
- in state operational: change to state pre-operational
- in any state: no state change
- in state operational or pre-operational: change to state stopped
10 kBits/s,
20 kBits/s,
50 kBits/s,
100 kBits/s,
125 kBits/s,
250 kBits/s,
500 kBits/s,
800 kBits/s,
1 MBits/s
Auto baudrate detection is supported
Send/receive via API supported (11 bit/29 bit)
CAN Frames
11 Bit
V3.6.x.x
Table 119: Technical Data CANopen Slave Protocol
comX | Communication Modules for Real-Time-Ethernet and Fieldbus
DOC100903UM05EN | Revision 5 | English | 2015-12 | Released | Public © Hilscher, 2010-2015
Technical Data 193/212
14.4.14.2 CANopen Slave COMX 10
Parameter
Maximum number of cyclic input data
Maximum number of cyclic output data
Maximum number of receive PDOs
Maximum number of transmit PDOs
Exchange of process data
Acyclic communication
Functions
Baud rates
CAN layer 2 access
Data transport layer
CAN Frame type for CANopen
Reference to firmware/stack version
Description
64 bytes
64 bytes
8
8
Via PDO transfer
- synchronized,
- remotely requested and
- event driven (change of date, event timer)
On request of the host application program by packet
SDO upload/download (server only)
Emergency message (producer)
Timestamp (producer/consumer)
Node guarding / life guarding
Heartbeat: 1 producer, max. 4 consumer
PDO mapping
NMT Slave
SYNC protocol (consumer)
Error behaviour (configurable):
- in state operational: change to state pre-operational
- in any state: no state change
- in state operational or pre-operational: change to state stopped
10 kBits/s,
20 kBits/s,
50 kBits/s,
100 kBits/s,
125 kBits/s,
250 kBits/s,
500 kBits/s,
800 kBits/s,
1 MBits/s
Auto baudrate detection is supported
Send/receive via API supported (11 bit/29 bit)
CAN Frames
11 Bit
V3.6.x.x
Table 120: Technical Data CANopen Slave Protocol
comX | Communication Modules for Real-Time-Ethernet and Fieldbus
DOC100903UM05EN | Revision 5 | English | 2015-12 | Released | Public © Hilscher, 2010-2015
Technical Data
14.4.15 CC-Link Slave
Parameter Description
Firmware works according to CC-Link Version 2.0:
Station Types
Maximum input data
Maximum output data
Remote Device Station (up to 4 occupied stations)
368 bytes
368 bytes
Input data remote device station
Output data remote device station
Extension cycles
Baud rates
112 bytes (RY) and 256 bytes (RWw)
112 bytes (RX) and 256 bytes (RWr)
1, 2, 4, 8
156 kBit/s, 625 kBit/s, 2500 kBit/s, 5 MBit/s, 10 MBit/s
Limitation Intelligent Device Station not supported
Firmware works according to CC-Link Version 1.11:
Station Types Remote I/O station,
Remote device station’ (up to 4 occupied stations)
Maximum input data
Maximum output data
48 bytes
48 bytes
Input data remote I/O station
Output data remote I/O station
Input data remote device station
Output data remote device station
Baud rates
Firmware
Reference to firmware/stack version
4 bytes (RY)
4 bytes (RX)
4 bytes (RY) and 8 bytes (RWw) per occupied station
4 bytes (RX) and 8 bytes (RWr) per occupied station
156 kBit/s, 625 kBit/s, 2500 kBit/s, 5 MBit/s, 10 MBit/s
V2.9.x.x
Table 121: Technical Data CC-Link-Slave Protocol
194/212 comX | Communication Modules for Real-Time-Ethernet and Fieldbus
DOC100903UM05EN | Revision 5 | English | 2015-12 | Released | Public © Hilscher, 2010-2015
Technical Data
14.4.16 DeviceNet Master
Parameter
Maximum number of DeviceNet slaves
Maximum number of total cyclic input data
Maximum number of total cyclic output data
Maximum number of cyclic input data
Maximum number of cyclic output data
Maximum Configuration data
Acyclic communication
Description
63
3584 bytes
3584 bytes
255 bytes/connection
255 bytes/connection
1000 bytes/slave
Explicit connection
All service codes are supported
Change of State
Cyclic
Poll
Explicit Peer-to-Peer Messaging
Fragmentation Explicit and I/O
UCMM Supported
Objects Identity Object (Class Code 0x01)
Message Router Object (Class Code 0x02)
DeviceNet Object (Class Code 0x03)
Baud rates
Data transport layer
Connection Object (Class Code 0x05)
Acknowledge Handler Object (Class Code 0x06)
125 kBits/s,
250 kBit/s,
500 kBit/s
Auto baudrate detection is not supported
CAN frames
Reference to firmware/stack version V2.3.x.x
Table 122: Technical Data DeviceNet Master Protocol
195/212 comX | Communication Modules for Real-Time-Ethernet and Fieldbus
DOC100903UM05EN | Revision 5 | English | 2015-12 | Released | Public © Hilscher, 2010-2015
Technical Data
14.4.17 DeviceNet Slave
Parameter
Maximum number of cyclic input data
Description
255 bytes
Maximum number of cyclic output data
Acyclic communication
255 bytes
Get_Attribute_Single/All
Max. 240 bytes per request
Set_Attribute_Single/All
Max. 240 bytes per request
Connections Poll
Change-of-state
Cyclic
Bit-strobe
Explicit messaging
Fragmentation
Supported
Explicit and I/O
Baud rates
Data transport layer
Reference to firmware/stack version
125 kBits/s,
250 kBit/s,
500 kBit/s
Auto baudrate detection is not supported
CAN frames
V2.3.x.x
Table 123: Technical Data DeviceNet Slave Protocol
196/212 comX | Communication Modules for Real-Time-Ethernet and Fieldbus
DOC100903UM05EN | Revision 5 | English | 2015-12 | Released | Public © Hilscher, 2010-2015
Technical Data 197/212
14.4.18 PROFIBUS DP Master
Parameter
Maximum number of PROFIBUS DP slaves
Maximum number of total cyclic input data
Maximum number of total cyclic output data
Maximum number of cyclic input data
Maximum number of cyclic output data
Configuration data
Parameterization data per slave
Acyclic communication
Maximum number of acyclic read/write
Functions
Description
125 (DPV0/DPV1)
5712 bytes
5760 bytes
244 bytes per slave
244 bytes per slave
Max. 244 bytes per slave
7 bytes standard parameter per slave
Max. 237 bytes application specific parameters per slave
DPV1 class 1 read, write
DPV1 class 1 alarm
DPV1 class 2 initiate, read, write, data transport, abort
240 bytes per slave and telegram
Configuration in Run (CiR), requires host application program support
Timestamp (Master functionality)
Baud rate
Data transport layer
Limitations
Reference to firmware/stack version
9,6 kBits/s,
19,2 kBits/s,
31,25 kBits/s,
45,45 kBits/s
93,75 kBits/s,
187,5 kBits/s,
500 kBits/s,
1, 5 MBits/s,
3 MBits/s,
6 MBits/s,
12 MBit/s
Auto baud rate detection is not supported
PROFIBUS FDL
DPV2 isochronous mode and slave slave communication are not supported.
The redundancy function can not be used, if the master is configured by the host application program by packets.
V2.6.x.x
Table 124: Technical Data PROFIBUS DP Master Protocol
comX | Communication Modules for Real-Time-Ethernet and Fieldbus
DOC100903UM05EN | Revision 5 | English | 2015-12 | Released | Public © Hilscher, 2010-2015
Technical Data 198/212
14.4.19 PROFIBUS DP Slave
Parameter
Maximum number of cyclic input data
Maximum number of cyclic output data
Maximum number of acyclic data (read/write)
Maximum number of modules
Configuration data
Parameter data
Acyclic communication
Baud rate
Data transport layer
Limitations
Reference to firmware/stack version
Description
244 bytes
244 bytes
240 bytes/telegram
24
Max. 244 bytes
237 bytes application specific parameters
DP V1 Class 1 Read/Write
DP V1 Class 1 Alarm
DP V1 Class 2 Read/Write/Data Transport
9,6 kBits/s,
19,2 kBits/s,
31,25 kBits/s,
45,45 kBits/s
93,75 kBits/s,
187,5 kBits/s,
500 kBits/s,
1, 5 MBits/s,
3 MBits/s,
6 MBits/s,
12 MBit/s
Auto baudrate detection is supported
PROFIBUS FDL
SSCY1S – Slave to slave communication state machine not implemented
Data exchange broadcast not implemented
I&M LR services other than Call-REQ/RES are not supported yet
V2.7.x.x
Table 125: Technical Data PROFIBUS DP Slave Protocol
comX | Communication Modules for Real-Time-Ethernet and Fieldbus
DOC100903UM05EN | Revision 5 | English | 2015-12 | Released | Public © Hilscher, 2010-2015
Technical Data 199/212
14.4.20 PROFIBUS MPI
Parameter
Maximum number of MPI connections
Maximum number of write data
Maximum number of read data
Functions
Baud rate
Data transport layer
Reference to firmware/stack version
Description
126
216 bytes
222 bytes
MPI Read/Write DB (data block), M (marker), Q (output), C
(Counter), T (Timer)
MPI Read I (Input)
Data type bit to access to DB (data block), M (marker), Q
(output) and I (Input, read only)
MPI Connect (automatically when first read/write function is used)
MPI Disconnect, MPI Disconnect All
MPI Get OP Status
MPI transparent (expert use only)
Fixed values ranging from 9,6 kBits/s to 12 MBit/s
Auto-detection mode is supported
PROFIBUS FDL
2.4.x.x
Table 126: Technical Data PROFIBUS-MPI Protocol
comX | Communication Modules for Real-Time-Ethernet and Fieldbus
DOC100903UM05EN | Revision 5 | English | 2015-12 | Released | Public © Hilscher, 2010-2015
Decommissioning , Replacement and Disposal
15 Decommissioning, Replacement and Disposal
200/212
15.1 Put the Device out of Operation
For the deinstallation of the comX communication module from the device into which the comX module had been integrated (also called “host system” or “target environment”), proceed as follows:
Lethal Electrical Shock caused by parts with more than 50V!
• Hazardous Voltage may be present inside the device, into which the comX communication module is integrated.
• Strictly obey to all safety rules given in the documentation supplied by the manufacturers of this device.!
• Therefore first disconnect the power plug of the device into which the comX module had been integrated.
• Make sure, that this device is separated from the supply voltage and free of current, before you continue.
Consequences of Removal of Device
In order to avoid personal and material damage do not remove this device from a production line without having ensured a secure operation of the production line during and after the removal of the device.
Now you are ready to either remove or replace the comX communication module.
!
Step 1: If necessary, remove the housing of this device. In all cases, strictly adhere to all rules given in the manuals of this device.
!
Step 2: Definitely avoid touching open contacts or ends of wires.
!
Step 3: Disconnect the communication cables from the device.
!
Step 4: Remove the comX communication module carefully from its connector (50 pin SMT connector, male, grid width 1.27 mm, at COMX-
CN additionally 30 pin SMT connector, male, grid width 1.27 mm) onto which it had been plugged during mounting.
!
Step 5: If the comX communication module needs be replaced by another one, then replace it and reconnect the communication cables to the device.
!
Step 6: If you had opened the housing of the device in step 1, then close it now. Again strictly adhere to all rules given in the manuals of this device anyway.
!
Step 7: Connect the device with its supply voltage and switch it on again. Adhere of the commissioning rules of the supplier of the device.
Check, whether the device behaves normally.
Obey to the subsequent disposal rules. comX | Communication Modules for Real-Time-Ethernet and Fieldbus
DOC100903UM05EN | Revision 5 | English | 2015-12 | Released | Public © Hilscher, 2010-2015
Decommissioning , Replacement and Disposal
15.2 Disposal of Waste Electronic Equipment
201/212
According to the European Directive 2002/96/EG “Waste Electrical and
Electronic Equipment (WEEE)”, waste electronic equipment may not be disposed of as household waste. As a consumer, you are legally obliged to dispose of all waste electronic equipment according to national and local regulations.
Waste Electronic Equipment
$ This product must not be treated as household waste.
$
This product must be disposed of at a designated waste electronic equipment collecting point. comX | Communication Modules for Real-Time-Ethernet and Fieldbus
DOC100903UM05EN | Revision 5 | English | 2015-12 | Released | Public © Hilscher, 2010-2015
Glossary
16 Glossary
202/212
AIDA
Automatisierungs-Initiative deutscher Automobilhersteller
AIDA is a joined initiative of the German automotive industry founded by
Audi, BMW, Daimler-Chrysler and Volkswagen. AIDA conforming products are based on PROFINET.
Auto-Crossover
Auto-Crossover is a feature of an interface: An interface with Auto-
Crossover capability will automatically detect and correct if the data lines have been exchanged vice versa.
Auto-Negotiation
Auto-Negotiation is a feature of an interface: An interface with Auto-
Negotiation will automatically determine a set of correct communication parameters.
Baud rate
Data transmission speed of a communication channel or interface.
CRC
Cyclic Redundancy Check
A mathematic procedure for calculating checksums based on polynomial division in order to detect data transmission errors. For a more detailed description see the Wikipedia article
( http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Cyclic_redundancy_check ).
DDF
Device_Description_File .
Device Description File
A file containing configuration information about a device being a part of a network that can be read out by masters for system configuration. Device
Description Files use various formats which depend on the communication system. Often these formats are based on XML such as EDS_file s or
GSDML_file s. Contains configuration information
EDS file
A special kind of Device Description File used by Ethernet.
EtherCAT
A communication system for industrial Ethernet designed and developed by
Beckhoff Automation GmbH.
Ethernet
A networking technology used both for office and industrial communication via electrical or optical connections. It has been developed and specified by the Intel, DEC and XEROX. It provides data transmission with collision control and allows various protocols. As Ethernet is not necessarily capable comX | Communication Modules for Real-Time-Ethernet and Fieldbus
DOC100903UM05EN | Revision 5 | English | 2015-12 | Released | Public © Hilscher, 2010-2015
Glossary
EtherNet/IP
Ethernet Powerlink
A communication system for industrial Ethernet designed and developed by
B&R. It partly uses CANopen technologies.
Full duplex
A communication system for industrial Ethernet designed and developed by
Rockwell. It partly uses the CIP (Common Industrial Protocol).
Full duplex denominates a telecommunication system between two communication partners which allows simultaneous communication in both directions is called a full-duplex telecommunication system. At such a system, it is possible to transmit data even if currently data are received.
Full-duplex is the opposite of Half_duplex .
Function code
203/212 for real-time application, various real-time extensions have been developed, see Real-Time Ethernet .
A function code (in the meaning defined by Modbus terminology) is a standardized method to access (i.e. read or write) coils or registers via
Modbus.
GSD file
A special kind of Device Description File used by PROFIBUS (GSD =
General Station Description).
GSDML file
A special kind of XML-based Device Description File used by PROFINET .
(GSDML = General Station Description Markup Language).
Half duplex
Half duplex denominates a telecommunication system between two communication partners which does not allow simultaneous, but alternating, communication in both directions is called a half-duplex telecommunication system. At such a system, receiving data inhibits the transmission of data. Half-duplex is the opposite of _Full_duplex .
Hub
A network component connecting multiple communication partners with each other. A hub does not provide own intelligence, thus it does not
Industrial Ethernet
See Real-Time Ethernet
netX
networX on chip, next generation of communication controllers.
Object Dictionary
An object dictionary is a storage area for device parameter data structures.
It is accessed in standardized manner. comX | Communication Modules for Real-Time-Ethernet and Fieldbus
DOC100903UM05EN | Revision 5 | English | 2015-12 | Released | Public © Hilscher, 2010-2015
Glossary
Open Modbus/TCP
204/212
A communication system for Industrial Ethernet designed and developed by
Schneider Automation and maintained by the Modbus-IDA organization based on the Modbus protocols for serial communication.
PROFINET
A communication system for Industrial Ethernet designed and developed by
PROFIBUS International. It uses some mechanisms similar to those of the
PROFIBUS field bus.
Real-Time Ethernet
Real-Time Ethernet (Industrial Ethernet) is an extension of the Ethernet networking technology for industrial purposes with very good Real-Time features and performance. There is a variety of different Real-Time
Ethernet systems on the market which are incompatible with each other.
The most important systems of these are
• EtherCAT
• EtherNet/IP
• Ethernet Powerlink
• Open Modbus/TCP
• PROFINET
• Sercos
• VARAN
Register
A register (in the meaning defined by Modbus terminology) is a 16-bit wide storage area for data which can be accessed and addressed as a unit by some of the Modbus Function Codes.
RJ45
A connector type often used for Ethernet connection. It has been standardized by the Federal Communications Commission of the USA
(FCC).
RoHS
Restriction of Hazardous Substances
This abbreviation denominates the directive of the European Union on the use of 6 hazardous substances in electronic products. It is titled “Directive
on the restriction of the use of certain hazardous substances in electrical and electronic equipment 2002/95/EC”,
adopted in 2003 and was getting effective on 1 July 2006.
RS232
An interfacing standard for serial communication on data lines defined by
EIA (Electronic Industries Alliance) in ANSI/EIA/TIA-232-F-1997.
RS485
An interfacing standard for differential serial communication on data lines defined by EIA (Electronic Industries Alliance) in ANSI/TIA/EIA-485-A-1998 comX | Communication Modules for Real-Time-Ethernet and Fieldbus
DOC100903UM05EN | Revision 5 | English | 2015-12 | Released | Public © Hilscher, 2010-2015
Glossary
Sercos
Switch
UART
VARAN
XDD file
XML
205/212
A communication system for Industrial Ethernet designed and developed by
Bosch-Rexroth GmbH and supported by Sercos International.
A network component connecting multiple communication partners (or even entire branches of a network) with each other. A switch is an intelligent network component which analyzes network traffic in order to decide on its own. For the connected communication partners a switch behaves transparently.
UART means Universal Asynchronous Receiver Transmitter. It is a special kind of electronic circuit which is used for transmitting data serially with a fixed frame consisting of one start bit, five to nine data bits, an optional parity bit for the detection of transmission errors and one stop bit. Working asynchronously, it does not use an explicit clock signal.
Versatile Automation Random Access Network
A communication system for industrial Ethernet designed and developed by the Austrian automation company SIGMATEK.
A special kind of Device Description file used by Ethernet Powerlink
XML means Extended Markup Language. It is a symbolic language for structuring data systematically. XML is standard maintained by the W3C
(World-wide web consortium). Device Description Files often use XMLbased formats for storing the device-related data appropriately. comX | Communication Modules for Real-Time-Ethernet and Fieldbus
DOC100903UM05EN | Revision 5 | English | 2015-12 | Released | Public © Hilscher, 2010-2015
Appendix
17 Appendix
206/212
17.1 Matrix Label
A matrix label is glued on the device. It contains 3 items:
1. Part number
2. Hardware Revision
3. Serial number
The figure shows part number 1250.100, hardware revision 3 and serial number 23456.
Part number
Hardware Revision
Serial number
Figure 54: Matrix Label
17.2 Wiring Instructions for Fieldbus Systems
You can find detailed instructions for wiring of Fieldbus Systems such as
CANopen. CC-Link, DeviceNet and PROFIBUS-DP, for instance concerning termination and requirements on the cables, within a separate manual „Wiring Instructions“ (Hilscher-document DOC120208UM01EN).
17.3 EtherNet/IP Adapter/Slave – Instance ID of I/O Data
I/O Data
Consumed I/O Data
Produced I/O Data
Instance ID Remark
100 I/O Data: EtherNet/IP Scanner/Master %
EtherNet/IP Adapter/Slave.
101 I/O Data: EtherNet/IP Adapter/Slave %
EtherNet/IP Scanner/Master.
Table 127: EtherNet/IP Adapter/Slave – Instance ID of I/O Data
comX | Communication Modules for Real-Time-Ethernet and Fieldbus
DOC100903UM05EN | Revision 5 | English | 2015-12 | Released | Public © Hilscher, 2010-2015
Appendix 207/212
17.4 Use of VARAN Client
In order to use the comX communication module with VARAN, you need a license which you can acquire at the VNO (VARAN Bus-
Nutzerorganisation,
Bürmooser Straße 10, A-5112 Lamprechtshausen, [email protected]
) after getting a member of VON.
The license as well as the Vendor ID and the Device ID can be adjusted with the SYCON.net configuration software or with the netX Configuration
Tool.
17.5 Failure in 10 MBit/s Half Duplex Mode and Workaround
Important: The failure described here only affects older COMX 100CA-
RE modules with serial numbers up to 21557 and COMX 100CN-RE with serial numbers up to
20529
.
Affected Hardware
Hardware with the communication controller netX 50, netX 100 or netX 500; netX/Internal PHYs.
When can this Failure occur?
When using standard Ethernet communication with 10 MBit/s half duplex mode, the
PHY gets stuck in case of network collisions. Then no further network communication is possible. Only device power cycling allows Ethernet communication again.
This problem can only occur with Ethernet TCP/UDP IP, EtherNet/IP or Modbus
TCP protocols when using hubs at 10 MBit/s. The issue described above is not applicable for protocols which use 100 MBit/s or full duplex mode.
Solution / Workaround:
Do not use 10 MBit/s-only hubs. Use either switches or 10/100 MBit/s Dual Speed hubs, to make sure the netX Ethernet ports are connected with 100 MBit/s or in full duplex mode.
This erratum is fixed with all components of the ‘Y’ charge (9 digit charge number shows ‘Y’ at position 5 (nnnnYnnnn).
Reference
“Summary of 10BT problem on EthernetPHY”,
RenesasElectronics Europe, April 27,
2010 comX | Communication Modules for Real-Time-Ethernet and Fieldbus
DOC100903UM05EN | Revision 5 | English | 2015-12 | Released | Public © Hilscher, 2010-2015
Appendix 208/212
17.6 List of Figures
Figure 1: Block Diagram of Real-Time Ethernet Module
Figure 2: Block Diagram of a Fieldbus Module
Figure 3: Photo of Communication Module COMX 100CA-RE with Cooler
Figure 4: Pinning of Ethernet Interface of COMX 100CA-RE
Figure 5: Photo of Communication Module COMX 100CN-RE
Figure 6: Photo COMX 50CA-REFO
Figure 7: Photo of Communication Module COMX51CA-RE with Cooler
Figure 8: Photo of Communication Module COMX 51CN-RE
Figure 9: Photo of Communication Module COMX100 CA-CO
Figure 10: CANopen-Interface (D-Sub-plug, 9-pin) of the COMX 100CA-CO
Figure 11: Pinning of CANopen Interface of the COMX 100CA-CO
Figure 12: Photo of Communication Module COMX100 CN-CO
Figure 13: Photo of Communication Module COMX 100CA-DN
Figure 14: DeviceNet Interface (CombiCon-Plug, 5 pin) of the COMX 100CA-DN
Figure 15: Photo of Communication Module COMX 100CN-DN
Figure 16: Photo of Communication Module COMX 100CA-DP
Figure 17: PROFIBUS-DP-Interface(D-Sub plug, female, 9 pin) of the COMX 100CA-DP
Figure 18: Photo of Communication Module COMX 100CN-DP
Figure 19: Photo of Communication Module COMX 10CA-CCS
Figure 20: CC-Link Interface (Screw terminal connector, 5 pin)
Figure 21: Photo of Communication Module COMX 10CN-CCS
Figure 22: Photo of Communication Module COMX10 CA-COS
Figure 23: CANopen-Interface (D-Sub-plug, 9-pin) of the COMX 10CA-COS
Figure 24: Pinning of CANopen Interface of the COMX 10CA-COS
Figure 25: Photo of Communication Module COMX 10CN-COS
Figure 26: Photo of Communication Module COMX 10CA-DNS
Figure 27: DeviceNet Interface (CombiCon- Pug, 5 pin) of the COMX 10CA-DNS
Figure 28: Photo of Communication Module COMX 10CN-DNS
Figure 29: Photo of Communication Module COMX 10CA-DPS
Figure 30: PROFIBUS-DP-Interface (D-Sub plug, female, 9 pin) of the COMX 10CA-DPS
Figure 31: Photo of Communication Module COMX 10CN-DPS
Figure 32: COMXEB
Figure 33:Jumper settings for using X409 as PROFIBUS interface
Figure 34: Jumper settings for using X409 as CANopen/ DeviceNet interface
Figure 35: Jumper settings for using X409 as CC-Link interface
Figure 36: Jumper settings for using X409 without AIFX
Figure 37: Pin assignment power supply socket X932
Figure 38: Barrel connector of the power adaptor
Figure 39: SPI-master-slave-connection
Figure 40: Pin assignment of diagnostic interface connector X601
Figure 41: Pin assignment of Mini-B USB socket X611 (5-pin)
Figure 42: Connection COMXEB <=> NXPCA-PCI ( <=> Host) via parallel Dual-Port Memory
Figure 43: Serial host connection via X709
Figure 44: Serial host connection via the USB connector X829
Figure 45: Set-up A1: Updating the Firmware with SYCON.net via the USB-Interface
Figure 46: Set-up A2: Updating the Firmware with SYCON.net via the Serial Interface
Figure 47: Set-up B1: Firmware update with SYCON.net via the serial interface using evaluation board
COMXEB
Figure 48: Set-up B2: Firmware update with SYCON.net via the USB interface using evaluation board
COMXEB
81
82
83
85
76
77
78
79
73
74
75
75
69
70
71
72
65
66
67
68
62
63
63
64
56
57
59
61
31
31
54
55
107
114
115
116
141
142
92
92
95
107
90
90
90
91
143
144 comX | Communication Modules for Real-Time-Ethernet and Fieldbus
DOC100903UM05EN | Revision 5 | English | 2015-12 | Released | Public © Hilscher, 2010-2015
Appendix 209/212
Figure 49: Set-up B3: Firmware update with SYCON.net via the NXPCA-PCI and DPM interface using evaluation board COMXEB
Figure 50: Set-up B4: Updating the Firmware with SYCON.net via SPM over USB
Figure 51: Selection of netX Driver
Figure 52: Starting the Search Process for Devices and Selection of Device
Figure 53: Firmware Download with SYCON.net (after Selection of the Firmware)
Figure 54: Matrix Label
145
146
148
149
150
206
17.7 List of Tables
Table 1: Reference to Hardware
Table 2: Reference to Software
Table 3: Reference to Firmware
Table 4: Reference to old Firmware still available for Legacy Applications
Table 5: Device Description Files comX Modules Real-Time Ethernet (Slave)
Table 6:Device Description Files comX Modules Fieldbus (Slave)
Table 7: Device Description Files comX Modules Real-Time Ethernet (Master)
14
15
15
Table 8: PROFINET IO-Device Firmware Version 3.4 and 3.5, Header, GSDML and Protocol API Manual 18
Table 9: EtherCAT-Slave Firmware Version 2.5 and 4.2, Header, XML and Protocol API Manual
Table 10: Safety Symbols and Sort of Warning or Principle
Table 11: Signal Words
Table 12: Supply Voltage and Signaling Voltage for comX Communication Modules
19
29
29
35
Table 13: Steps for the Hardware Installation of a comX Communication Module (Master und Slave)
Table 14: Configuration Steps for the comX Communication Module (Slave)
Table 15: Configuration Steps for the comX Communication Module (Master)
Table 16: Notes for the Configuration of the Master Device
11
11
12
13
38
40
41
43
Table 17: Device Names in SYCON.net by Communication Protocol
Table 18: Steps how to replace the comX Communication modules (Master and Slave)
Table 19: Firmware and Configuration Download Steps comX Communication modules (Slave) at Module
Exchange (Replacement Case)
45
46
47
Table 20: Steps Firmware and Configuration Download Steps comX Communication modules (Master) at
Module Exchange (Replacement Case)
Table 21: Pinning of Ethernet Connector at Channel 0 and Channel 1
Table 22: Pinning of the DeviceNet-Interface of the COMX 100CA-DN
48
55
66
69 Table 23: Pinning of the PROFIBUS-DP Interface of the COMX 100CA-DP
Table 24: CC-Link -Interface of COMX 10CA-CCS
Table 25: Pinning of the DeviceNet-Interface of the COMX 10CA-DNS
Table 26: Pinning of the PROFIBUS-DP Interface of the COMX 10CA-DPS
72
78
82
86 Table 27: Legend to Figure 32
Table 28: Assignment of comX modules to the sockets on the COMXEB:
Table 29: Pin assignment of external power supply connector X930
Table 30: Pin assignment Host interface X350
87
92
94
95 Table 31: Pin assignment of pin header X709
Table 32: Settings for selecting the host interface in mode Board controlled
Table 33: Settings for selecting the host interface in mode Host controlled
Table 34: Pin assignment comX-interface X300
96
96
98
100 Table 35: Pin assignment comX-interface X400
Table 36: Pin assignment comX-interface X401
Table 37: Pin assignment comX-interface X501
Table 38: Pin assignment comX-interface X500
101
103
104
105 Table 39: Pin assignment of the PROFIBUS-DP interface of COMXEB
Table 40: Pin assignment of the CANopen interface of COMXEB
Table 41: Pin assignment of the DeviceNet interface of COMXEB
Table 42: Pin assignment of the CC-Link interface X405 of the COMXEB
105
105
106 comX | Communication Modules for Real-Time-Ethernet and Fieldbus
DOC100903UM05EN | Revision 5 | English | 2015-12 | Released | Public © Hilscher, 2010-2015
Appendix 210/212
Table 43: Pin assignment of Ethernet connector at channel 0 (channel 1 accordingly)
Table 44: Pin assignment of interface X409
Table 45: Pin assignment of pin header X351
Table 46: Meaning of the SYNC sgnals for each protocol
Table 47: Power LEDs of COMXEB
Table 48: Communication Status LEDs of COMXEB
Table 49: Ethernet Link/Activity–LEDs
Table 50: Accessories for the Evaluation Board COMXEB
Table 51: System LED
Table 52: LEDs PROFIBUS DP Master
Table 53: LEDs PROFIBUS DP Slave
Table 54: LEDs PROFIBUS MPI
Table 55: LEDs CC-Link Slave
Table 56: LEDs CANopen Master
Table 57: LED State Definition for CANopen Master for the CAN LED
Table 58: LEDs CANopen Slave – 1 Communication Status LED (current Hardware Revision)
Table 59: LED State Definition for CANopen Slave for the CAN LED
Table 60: LEDs DeviceNet Master
Table 61: LED State Definition for DeviceNet Master for the MNS LED
Table 62: LEDs DeviceNet Slave
Table 63: LED State Definition for DeviceNet Slave for the MNS LED
Table 64: LED Names of individual Real-Time Ethernet Systems
Table 65: LEDs EtherCAT Master
Table 66: LED State Definition for EtherCAT Master for the RUN and ERR LEDs
Table 67: LEDs EtherCAT Slave
Table 68: LED State Definition for EtherCAT Slave for the RUN and ERR LEDs
Table 69: LEDs EtherNet/IP Scanner (Master)
Table 70: LEDs EtherNet/IP Adapter (Slave)
Table 71: LEDs Open Modbus/TCP
Table 72: LEDs Powerlink Controlled Node/Slave
Table 73: LED State Definition for Powerlink Controlled Node/Slave for the BS/BE LEDs
Table 74: LEDs PROFINET IO-RT Controller
Table 75: LEDs PROFINET IO-RT-Device
Table 76: LEDs Sercos Master
Table 77: LED State Definition for Sercos Master for the STA and ERR LEDs
Table 78: LEDs sercos Slave
Table 79: LED State Definition for sercos Slave for the S3 LED
Table 80: LEDs VARAN Client
Table 81: LED State Definition for VARAN Client for the RUN and ERR LEDs
Table 82: Possible Causes of Errors, their Consequences and necessary Actions for their Removal at
Firmware Update with SYCON.net
Table 83: Firmware Versions with Support for Diagnostic Interface
Table 84: First Hardware Version with new USB Interface
Table 85: Technical Data COMX 100CA-RE
Table 86: Technical Data COMX 100CN-RE
Table 87: Technical Data COMX 100CA-CO
Table 88: Technical Data COMX 100CN-CO
Table 89: Technical Data COMX 100CA-DN
Table 90: Technical Data COMX 100CN-DN
Table 91: Technical Data COMX 100CA-DP
Table 92: Technical Data COMX 100CN-DP
Table 93: Technical Data COMX 50CA-REFO
Table 94: Technical Data COMX 51CA-RE
155
156
157
158
159
160
161
162
163
164
165
166
167
128
129
130
131
132
132
133
134
122
123
123
124
125
125
126
127
135
137
137
138
138
118
119
119
120
120
121
121
122
106
108
109
109
110
110
111
111
117
118 comX | Communication Modules for Real-Time-Ethernet and Fieldbus
DOC100903UM05EN | Revision 5 | English | 2015-12 | Released | Public © Hilscher, 2010-2015
Appendix
Table 95: Technical Data COMX 51CN-RE
Table 96: Technical Data COMX 10CA-CCS
Table 97: Technical Data COMX 10CN-CCS
Table 98: Technical Data COMX 10CA-COS
Table 99: Technical Data COMX 10CN-COS
Table 100: Technical Data COMX 10CA-DNS
Table 101: Technical Data COMX 10CN-DNS
Table 102: Technical Data COMX 10CA-DPS
Table 103: Technical Data COMX 10CN-DPS
Table 104: Electrical Immunity to Interference and Radio Frequency COMX Modules
Table 105: Technical Data Evaluation Board COMXEB
Table 106: Technical Data EtherCAT Master Protocol
Table 107: Technical Data EtherCAT Slave Protocol
Table 108: Technical Data EtherNet/IP Scanner (Master) Protocol
Table 109: Technical Data EtherNet/IP Adapter (Slave) Protocol
Table 110: Technical Data Open Modbus/TCP Protocol
Table 111: Technical Data POWERLINK Controlled Node (Slave) Protocol
Table 112: Technical Data PROFINET IO RT Controller
Table 113: Technical Data PROFINET IO RT IRT Device Protocol
Table 114: Technical Data PROFINET IO RT IRT Device Protocol
Table 115: Technical Data sercos Master Protocol
Table 116: Technical Data sercos Slave Protocol
Table 117: Technical Data VARAN Client Protocol
Table 118: Technical Data CANopen Master Protocol
Table 119: Technical Data CANopen Slave Protocol
Table 120: Technical Data CANopen Slave Protocol
Table 121: Technical Data CC-Link-Slave Protocol
Table 122: Technical Data DeviceNet Master Protocol
Table 123: Technical Data DeviceNet Slave Protocol
Table 124: Technical Data PROFIBUS DP Master Protocol
Table 125: Technical Data PROFIBUS DP Slave Protocol
Table 126: Technical Data PROFIBUS-MPI Protocol
Table 127: EtherNet/IP Adapter/Slave – Instance ID of I/O Data
211/212
194
195
196
197
198
199
206
186
188
188
189
190
191
192
193
179
180
181
182
183
184
184
186
168
169
170
171
172
173
174
175
176
177 comX | Communication Modules for Real-Time-Ethernet and Fieldbus
DOC100903UM05EN | Revision 5 | English | 2015-12 | Released | Public © Hilscher, 2010-2015
Appendix
17.8 Contacts
Headquarters
Germany
Hilscher Gesellschaft für
Systemautomation mbH
Rheinstrasse 15
65795 Hattersheim
Phone: +49 (0) 6190 9907-0
Fax: +49 (0) 6190 9907-50
E-Mail: [email protected]
Support
Phone: +49 (0) 6190 9907-99
E-Mail: [email protected]
Subsidiaries
China
Hilscher Systemautomation (Shanghai) Co. Ltd.
200010 Shanghai
Phone: +86 (0) 21-6355-5161
E-Mail: [email protected]
Support
Phone: +86 (0) 21-6355-5161
E-Mail: [email protected]
France
Hilscher France S.a.r.l.
69500 Bron
Phone: +33 (0) 4 72 37 98 40
E-Mail: [email protected]
Support
Phone: +33 (0) 4 72 37 98 40
E-Mail: [email protected]
India
Hilscher India Pvt. Ltd.
New Delhi - 110 065
Phone: +91 11 43055431
E-Mail: [email protected]
Italy
Hilscher Italia S.r.l.
20090 Vimodrone (MI)
Phone: +39 02 25007068
E-Mail: [email protected]
Support
Phone: +39 02 25007068
E-Mail: [email protected]
Japan
Hilscher Japan KK
Tokyo, 160-0022
Phone: +81 (0) 3-5362-0521
E-Mail: [email protected]
Support
Phone: +81 (0) 3-5362-0521
E-Mail: [email protected]
Korea
Hilscher Korea Inc.
Suwon, Gyeonggi, 443-734
Phone: +82 (0) 31-695-5515
E-Mail: [email protected]
Switzerland
Hilscher Swiss GmbH
4500 Solothurn
Phone: +41 (0) 32 623 6633
E-Mail: [email protected]
Support
Phone: +49 (0) 6190 9907-99
E-Mail: [email protected]
USA
Hilscher North America, Inc.
Lisle, IL 60532
Phone: +1 630-505-5301
E-Mail: [email protected]
Support
Phone: +1 630-505-5301
E-Mail: [email protected] comX | Communication Modules for Real-Time-Ethernet and Fieldbus
DOC100903UM05EN | Revision 5 | English | 2015-12 | Released | Public
212/212
© Hilscher, 2010-2015
advertisement
Key Features
- Real-Time Ethernet modules
- Fieldbus Master modules
- Embedded System Integration
- Configuration Software
- Diagnostic Interface
- Firmware Update
- Technical Data
- Safety Instructions
- Device Photos
- Troubleshooting
Frequently Answers and Questions
What types of Real-Time Ethernet modules are included in the comX product family?
Can I use the comX modules as standalone devices?
What is the purpose of the Evaluation Board COMXEB?
What kind of software is required to configure the comX modules?
How can I update the firmware of the comX modules?
What are the safety instructions for using the comX modules?
How do I troubleshoot problems with my comX modules?
Related manuals
advertisement
Table of contents
- 9 About this Manual
- 9 Mandatory read Manual
- 10 List of Revisions
- 11 Reference to Hardware, Software and Firmware
- 13 Conventions in this Manual
- 14 Contents of Product DVD
- 14 Device Description Files
- 16 Documentation Overview comX
- 17 Important Changes
- 20 Ensuring Access Security
- 21 Legal Notes
- 21 Copyright
- 21 Important Notes
- 22 Exclusion of Liability
- 22 Warranty
- 23 Export Regulations
- 23 Registered Trademarks
- 24 EtherCAT Disclaimer
- 24 Licenses
- 25 General Note
- 25 Intended Use
- 25 Intended Use of comX Communication Modules
- 26 Personnel Qualification
- 26 Commitment to read and understand the Manual
- 27 Safety Instructions
- 27 Electrical Shock Hazard
- 27 Safety Instructions to avoid Property Damage
- 27 Device Destruction by exceeding allowed Supply Voltage
- 28 Device Destruction by exceeding allowed Signal Voltage
- 28 Electro-statically sensitive Devices
- 29 Labeling of Safety Messages
- 29 References Safety
- 30 Description
- 31 Block Diagrams
- 32 System Requirements
- 33 Prerequisites for the Operation of the comX Communication Modules
- 33 Prerequisites for the Operation as Embedded System
- 34 Prerequisites for the Operation with Evaluation Board COMXEB
- 35 Supply Voltage and Signaling Voltage
- 35 Prerequisites for the Software Installation
- 35 Prerequisites for the System Configurator SYCON.net
- 36 Prerequisites for Certification
- 36 PROFINET-IO Certification for IRT and SYNC0 Signal
- 37 Hardware Installation as Embedded System (Master and Slave)
- 39 Configuration of the comX Communication Module (Slave)
- 41 Configuration of the comX Communication Module (Master)
- 42 Notes for the Configuration of the Master Device
- 44 Device Names in SYCON.net
- 46 Exchange of comX Communication modules (Master and Slave)
- 46 Steps for Exchange of Hardware
- 47 Load Firmware & Configuration into Replacement Module comX (Slave)
- 48 Load Firmware & Configuration into Replacement Module comX (Master)
- 49 Updating the Firmware, Driver and Software
- 50 Warning Messages on Personal Injury
- 50 Electrical Shock Hazard
- 50 Property Damage Messages
- 50 Device Destruction by exceeding allowed Supply Voltage
- 51 Device Destruction by exceeding allowed Signaling Voltage
- 51 Electro-statically sensitive Devices
- 52 Installing the comX Communication Module in its Target Environment
- 52 Decommissioning
- 54 Real-Time Ethernet Communication Module COMX 100CA-RE
- 54 COMX 100CA-RE
- 55 Ethernet Interface of COMX 100CA-RE
- 56 Real-Time Ethernet Communication Module COMX 100CN-RE
- 56 COMX 100CN-RE
- 56 Ethernet Interface of COMX 100CN-RE
- 57 COMX 50CA-REFO
- 58 Optical Ethernet Interface of COMX 50CA-REFO
- 59 Real-Time Ethernet Communication Module COMX51CA-RE
- 59 COMX51CA-RE
- 60 Ethernet Interface of COMX51CA-RE
- 61 Real-Time Ethernet Communication Module COMX 51CN-RE
- 61 COMX 51CN-RE
- 61 Ethernet Interface of COMX 51CN-RE
- 62 CANopen Communication Module COMX 100CA-CO
- 62 COMX 100CA-CO
- 63 CANopen Interface of COMX 100CA-CO
- 64 CANopen Communication Module COMX 100CN-CO
- 64 COMX 100CN-CO
- 64 CANopen Interface of COMX 100CN-CO
- 65 DeviceNet Communication Module COMX 100CA-DN
- 65 COMX 100CA- DN
- 66 DeviceNet Interface of COMX 100CA-DN
- 67 DeviceNet Communication Module COMX 100CN-DN
- 67 COMX 100CN-DN
- 67 DeviceNet Interface of COMX 100CN-DN
- 68 PROFIBUS-DP Communication Module COMX 100CA-DP
- 68 COMX 100CA-DP
- 69 PROFIBUS-DP Interface of COMX 100CA-DP
- 70 PROFIBUS-DP Communication Module COMX 100CN-DP
- 70 COMX 100CN-DP
- 70 PROFIBUS-DP Interface of COMX 100CN-DP
- 71 CC-Link Communication Module COMX 10CA-CCS
- 71 COMX 10CA-CCS
- 72 Description of the Address and Baudrate Switches
- 72 CC-Link Interface of COMX 10CA-CCS
- 73 CC-Link Communication Module COMX 10CN-CCS
- 73 COMX 10CN-CCS
- 73 Description of the Address and Baudrate Switches
- 73 CC-Link Interface of COMX 10CN-CCS
- 74 CANopen Communication Module COMX 10CA-COS
- 74 COMX 10CA-COS
- 74 Description of the Address Switches
- 75 CANopen Interface of COMX 10CA-COS
- 76 CANopen Communication Module COMX 10CN-COS
- 76 COMX 10CN-COS
- 76 Description of the Address Switches
- 76 CANopen Interface of COMX 10CN-COS
- 77 DeviceNet Communication Module COMX 10CA-DNS
- 77 COMX 10CA-DNS
- 77 Description of the Address Switches
- 78 DeviceNet Interface of COMX 10CA-DNS
- 79 DeviceNet Communication Module COMX 10CN-DNS
- 79 COMX 10CN-DNS
- 80 Description of the Address Switches
- 80 DeviceNet Interface of COMX 10CN-DNS
- 81 PROFIBUS-DP Communication Module COMX 10CA-DPS
- 81 COMX 10CA-DPS
- 81 Description of the Address Switches
- 82 PROFIBUS-DP Interface of COMX 10CA-DPS
- 83 PROFIBUS-DP Communication Module COMX 10CN-DPS
- 83 COMX 10CN-DPS
- 84 Description of the Address Switches
- 84 PROFIBUS-DP Interface of COMX 10CN-DPS
- 85 Purpose
- 88 Controls
- 88 Position for host mode selection- Slide switch (S302)
- 88 Selection of operation mode (DPM/SPM) - Slide switch (S701)
- 88 Width for data access at parallel DPM mode - Slide switch (S301)
- 89 Selection of serial interface - Slide switch (S700)
- 89 Reset pushbutton (S600)
- 89 Boot-Jumper (X610)
- 89 Configuration of AIFX Interface - Jumpers (X406 and X407)
- 92 Interfaces and connectors
- 92 Power supply connectors
- 93 Host Interfaces
- 97 COMX Interfaces
- 105 Communication Interfaces
- 107 Diagnostic Interfaces
- 108 Extension Interfaces
- 108 Pin Headers
- 110 LED displays
- 110 Power LEDs
- 110 Communication Status LEDs
- 111 Ethernet Link/Activity–LEDs
- 111 Accessories
- 112 Overview
- 112 Diagnostic connections
- 112 Via USB
- 113 Via UART
- 114 Host connections
- 114 Parallel dual-port memory interface (DPM)
- 115 Serial dual-port memory interface (SPM)
- 116 Serial dual-port memory interface over USB (SPM over USB)
- 117 SYS-LED